2 018 A N N UA L R EP O RT
1
About WSFS Financial Corporation
WSFS Financial Corporation is a multi-billion dollar financial
services company. Its primary subsidiary, WSFS Bank, is
the largest, longest-standing, locally-headquartered
bank and trust company in the Greater Delaware Valley.
As of December 31, 2018, WSFS Financial Corporation
had $7.2 billion in assets on its balance sheet and $19.0
billion in assets under management and administration.
On March 1, 2019, WSFS Financial Corporation
completed the acquisition of Beneficial Bancorp, Inc. and
its primary subsidiary, Beneficial Bank, and is now
operating as one Company with approximately $13.0 billion
in assets. WSFS now operates from 150 offices in
Delaware (45), Pennsylvania (74), New Jersey (29), Virginia
(1) and Nevada (1) and provides comprehensive financial
services including commercial banking, retail banking,
cash management and trust and wealth management.
Other subsidiaries and divisions include Beneficial
Equipment Finance Corporation, Cash Connect®,
Christiana Trust Group, Cypress Capital Management,
LLC, Neumann Finance Company, Powdermill Financial
Solutions, WSFS Institutional Services, WSFS Wealth
Investments, West Capital Management, and WSFS
Mortgage and Arrow Land Transfer. Serving the Greater
Delaware Valley since 1832, WSFS Bank is one of the ten
oldest banks in the United States continuously operating
under the same name. For more information, please visit
wsfsbank.com.
Our Foundation
MISSION
We Stand For Ser vice®
VISION
We envision a day when
all our constituents say,
“I can’t imagine a world without WSFS.”
STRATEGY
Engaged Associates,
living our culture,
making a better life for all we serve.
VALUES
At WSFS we:
Do the right thing
Serve others
Are welcoming, open and candid
Grow and improve
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 2
Financial Highlights
(Dollars in millions)
At December 31,
Total assets
Net loans, including held for sale
Deposits
Stockholders’ equity
Nonperforming assets to total assets
Number of offices
(Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share data)
For the years ended December 31,
Net income*
Diluted earnings per common share*
Return on average assets*
Return on tangible common equity*
2018
2017
2016
$
$
$
$
7,249
4,889
5,640
821
0.66%
76
2018
$ 134,743
$
4.19
1.92%
23.72%
$
$
$
$
$
$
7,000
4,807
5,248
724
0.84%
76
2017
50,244
1.56
0.74%
9.74%
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,765
4,499
4,738
687
0.60%
77
2016
64,080
2.06
1.06%
12.85%
*Year-over-year comparability impacted by certain one-time items discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K
Core Highlights
(Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share data)
For the years ended December 31,
Adjusted net income**
Diluted earnings per common share**
Return on average assets**
Return on tangible common equity**
**Excludes certain one-time items discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K
2018
$ 114,307
$
3.55
1.63%
20.18%
$
$
2017
82,841
2.57
1.21%
15.82%
$
$
2016
68,403
2.19
1.13%
13.69%
Net Loan Growth
Deposit Growth
Core Fee Income Growth†
$4,499
$4,807
$4,889
$5,248
$5,640
$4,738
$138.0
$122.7
$102.7
2016
2017
2018
2016
2017
2018
2016
2017
2018
(Dollars in millions)
† Excludes securities gains, and realized/unrealized gains on equity investments
2018 ANNUAL REPORT
3
Letter from Management
I am committed to leading our Company
to new levels of performance that will
deliver sustained and premium returns
for our Owners and continued positive
outcomes for all our Stakeholders.
The best days for WSFS lie ahead and I look
forward to leading this journey with all of you.
next Strategic Plan in 2013, we had recorded an ROA of
0.70% and outlined the “Road To High Performance,”
establishing a goal of sustainable performance that
would rank in the top quintile among our peers. With
continued investment, strong organic growth, and a
number of key acquisitions, the 2016-2018 Strategic Plan
set an even higher goal: an ROA of 1.30% by the 4th
Quarter of 2018. After achieving this goal one year early,
we set our sights on a full-year ROA of 1.50% for 2018.
As you can see in the accompanying charts, WSFS
produced record results for 2018 with Core Earnings
Per Share (EPS) of $3.55, a 39% increase over Core EPS of
$2.56 in 2017. These earnings translated into a Core
Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE) of 20.18%,
a 28% increase compared to 15.82% in 2017 and a Core
ROA of 1.63%, a 35% increase compared to 1.21% in 2017
and well above our lofty goal of 1.50%.
Rodger Levenson
President & Chief Executive Officer
To our Associates, Customers, Owners,
Community Partners and Friends:
2018 was a very successful year for WSFS and it
marks the beginning of a transformation that will
empower us to do more for all of our many
communities for many years to come. It was an
excellent year of growth; a year of achieving and
often exceeding goals and objectives; and a year in
which we honored your trust—which we have worked
hard to earn—by investing in the immediate and
long-term future of your Company through our
merger with Philadelphia-based Beneficial Bank.
The successes we achieved in 2018 result from years of
long-term Strategic Planning and execution, including
our recently completed 2016-2018 Strategic Plan. In fact,
the foundation for our success was established several
Strategic Plans ago. In 2009, at the depth of the Great
Recession, WSFS recorded effectively a breakeven year,
which translated into a 0.02% Return on Assets (ROA).
From 2010-2012, as other banking organizations
retreated, WSFS proactively decided to accelerate
investments in our franchise. By the introduction of our
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 4
This performance would not have been possible
without WSFS having one of the most engaged
groups of Associates, not just in the Greater Delaware
Valley or in the U.S., but in the entire world. According
to Gallup, WSFS placed among the top 5% of workplaces
and the 97th percentile of their worldwide database
based on our 2018 Associate engagement survey.
Thanks also to our dedicated Associates, our
Customer engagement continued to move higher,
from the 75th percentile of the best Gallup-tracked
companies in 2016 to the 83rd percentile in 2018.
These Associate and Customer engagement measurements
are important metrics because they are the foundation
of our culture and the leading indicators of our overall
success in executing our Strategy—Engaged Associates,
living our culture, making a better life for all we serve.
As a result of these strong metrics, WSFS again earned
accolades that help us attract and retain the best,
brightest, and the most gifted professionals in the
Greater Delaware Valley. In 2018, WSFS was named a
Top Workplace in Delaware for the 13th consecutive
year and a Top Workplace in Southeastern Pennsylvania
for the 5th consecutive year. We were also honored
to receive the Gallup Great Workplace Award for the
3rd year in a row.
Importantly, WSFS’ growth continued to benefit the
communities we serve. We gave back to our
communities, both through financial contributions
to support community partners and through the
sweat equity of our passionate and community-
focused Associates. In late 4th Quarter of 2017, the
Company made a $1.5 million (pre-tax) grant to the WSFS
Foundation to fund the next generation of improvements
in the communities we serve. We began to distribute
these funds throughout 2018, while simultaneously
expanding the WSFS Foundation’s areas of focus. These
include educational programs for children in K-12; health
and human services that protect the lives of those in our
communities; essential services for the homeless,
including access to housing and warm meals; and
economic development that promote business, job
creation, and tax revenues. Our passionate Associates
also dedicated a record 14,672 volunteer hours to
organizations that provide
important services
throughout Delaware and the Greater Delaware Valley.
Our successes in ROA, EPS, ROTCE and Associate and
Customer engagement give us significant momentum
heading into our new 2019-2021 Strategic Plan.
The theme of this Plan is transformation, and it outlines
our path to address Customer and market expectations
in a rapidly changing financial services industry while
reaffirming the tenets (Mission, Vision, Strategy and
Values) that have enabled WSFS to serve for nearly
190 years. Our combination with Beneficial Bank is a
critical development in this transformation and the
strategic rationale behind this decision is significant
yet relatively straightforward. We believe that
combined with Beneficial we can do more for all of our
constituents—Associates, Customers, Communities and
Owners—than we might have accomplished separately.
Concurrent with the combination, we will invest half
(about $32 million over five years) of estimated cost
savings from the consolidation of approximately 25% of
Continued on Page 5.
2018 ANNUAL REPORT 5
On January 1, 2019, I had the great honor and privilege
to become the 13th President and CEO of WSFS,
assuming the role from my friend, mentor and fellow
Associate, Mark Turner. During Mark’s tenure as
President and CEO, WSFS delivered superior growth,
profitability and shareholder returns and earned multiple
marketplace accolades. I join my fellow WSFS Associates
in thanking Mark for his decades of service to WSFS and
our Communities and I look forward to working with him
in his new role as Executive Chairman of the Board of
Directors. I encourage you to read the accompanying
letter, A View from the Boardroom, which compliments
this letter. I am humbled by the trust that our Board has in
me and I am grateful to lead our talented team of
Associates who do so much good for our Customers and
our Communities. I am committed to leading our
Company to new levels of performance that will
deliver sustained, premium returns for our Owners
and continued positive outcomes for all our
Stakeholders. The best days for WSFS lie ahead, and
I look forward to leading this journey with all of you.
On behalf of all WSFS Associates and your Executive
Management Team, thank you for your continued
interest in, and support of, WSFS.
Rodger and the Team
our combined retail network into a transformational
investment in technology and delivery systems. This
Delivery Transformation will facilitate the Company’s
adoption of emerging technologies that will further
enhance Customer experiences across all business lines.
Our combined organization will have 90 retail
banking offices to serve Customers in Delaware,
Southern New Jersey, the City of Philadelphia and
Southeastern Pennsylvania; the largest network of
ATMs in the region; a full suite of financial products
and customizable solutions; and the balance sheet
to compete with larger regional and national banks.
With these expanded capabilities, WSFS Bank will be
the only locally-managed, locally-headquartered,
full-service community bank with the size, scale and
offerings to compete with banks of all sizes in the
Greater Delaware Valley.
At WSFS, we take pride in doing what we say we will do,
from the execution of our Strategic Plans to achieving
year-over-year goals and recovering reparations from
those we believe are responsible for losses we incur.
During 2018, we recovered $9.6 million from two losses
recorded in 2017 totaling $14.8 million. In addition, we
were able to retain our ingrained entrepreneurial spirit.
This was demonstrated in our opportunistic, disciplined
investment in Visa Class B shares yielding realized and
recognized pre-tax gains totaling $24.5 million in 2018.
While not included in core results, the gains we derive
from these and similar opportunities are used to invest
in the franchise and/or returned to shareholders over
time. These investments are one of the reasons we tend
to outperform peers over the long term.
We also made a few additions and enhancements to our
executive leadership team that I am excited to share with
you. We named Lisa Brubaker, who has been a WSFS
Associate her entire professional career, as our new
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer.
Lisa is a highly respected leader with a proven record in
digital and physical Customer delivery along with deep
operational experience and institutional knowledge.
We also welcomed Arthur Bacci as our new Executive Vice
President and Chief Wealth Officer. Art has the experience
and vision to build on the investments we made in
expanding our wealth business. Both Lisa and Art have
quickly become key members of our executive leadership
team. Finally, Peggy Eddens assumed expanded
responsibilities to oversee the growing role of our
Company’s Customer experience team as Executive Vice
President and Chief Associate and Customer Experience
Officer. Combining responsibility for Associate engagement
and Customer experience aligns seamlessly with our
Company’s business model.
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION New York
New Jersey
6
Philadelphia
Pennsylvania
Wilmington
WSFS is located within close proximity
to major Mid-Atlantic cities such as
Washington, DC, Baltimore,
Philadelphia and New York.
Baltimore
Washington, DC
Maryland
Delaware
Photo Credit: DAS Architects, Inc.
and Matt Wargo Photography
2018 ANNUAL REPORTNew YorkWashington, D.C.NYCTVTMAMENHALASKARIVAPhiladelphiaBaltimoreDENJPAMD 7
A View from the Boardroom—Volume VII
The most forward-looking and insightful
organizations in all industries are
addressing the future of infrastructure
and delivery in an increasingly
digital age.
Having built WSFS into a robust platform for serving
all of our constituencies, we consider it not only an
opportunity, but also our responsibility to grow WSFS
prudently. As such, in 2018 the Company announced,
and received overwhelming shareholder approval for,
the largest merger in our history; and we also shared our
plans for implementing better infrastructure and delivery
to our combined communities. Finally, the Company
also completed a smooth and thoughtful multi-year
succession plan for both CEO and Board leadership.
Details of these pursuits, and more, can be found in the
companion letter before this one from President & CEO
Rodger Levenson, which we encourage you to read in full.
In this letter, your Board will discuss our involvement in
Company strategy, M&A and succession planning, and
we will show how all these components led to our full
support for the groundbreaking and transformational
Beneficial Bank merger and the associated “Delivery
Transformation.”
Mark A. Turner
Executive Chairman,
Board of Directors
Eleuthère I. du Pont
Lead Independent Director
Dear Fellow WSFS Owners:
2018 was a banner period for your Company in many
respects.
A Record-Setting, Groundbreaking Year
Earnings in 2018 broke records, on both a reported
and core basis. Core net revenues in the 4th quarter
exceeded $100 million for the first time ever.
Core Return on Assets (ROA), Return on Tangible Equity
(ROTCE) and Earnings Per Share (EPS) all exceeded our
lofty Strategic Plan and Annual Plan goals, as did most
meaningful contributing factors like margin, asset
quality, liquidity and efficiency. Combined Associate and
Customer engagement scores also reached a record
level since we began measuring and managing that vital
metric over a generation ago. Following a series of
well-executed and cohesive Strategic Planning cycles,
WSFS has become a strong, well-diversified, sustainably
high-performing organization.
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 8
Strategy, Business Combination and
Delivery Transformation
In May 2018, after months of preparation, the Board
and Management met offsite for the better part of
three days to outline, broadly, “where we go next.”
In this pivotal Strategic Planning session, we left excited
and unanimously focused on three objectives: (1) defining
our next path for growth (and achieving better economies
of scale in our chosen community banking niche);
(2) transforming our infrastructure and delivery methods
for the evolving digital age and the needs of our Associates
and Customers; and (3) increasing our dedication to our
inextricably intertwined free market and social purpose—
serving our communities—which is the foundation of
all of our success. This intertwined organizational
purpose is detailed in the Corporate Responsibility and
Sustainability section in the accompanying Proxy.
Around that same time, Management of both WSFS and
Beneficial Bank had engaged in some preliminary
conversations regarding the potential of combining
our similar and overlapping organizations. With intense
evaluation and diligence, and steady guidance and counsel
from both Boards over several months, it became
abundantly clear that a combination of our two long-
standing, local organizations would yield the immediate
opportunity to address our strategic goals of greater
growth, economies of scale and deeper commitment to
our communities. In addition, a convergence of such
size, scope, sophistication, talent and true local delivery
within one banking organization has been absent from
the Greater Delaware Valley market for over two decades.
As a result, in addition to the immediate and obvious
benefits, we also identified the long-term opportunity to
further expand the largest, oldest premier local bank in
our combined footprint, which includes a growing, top-10
US market. This position would ensure competitive and
economic benefits for years to come.
Importantly, this combination also opens a pathway to
address the challenge all banks face: “How do we
economically meld our physical and digital delivery
for the future?” As a result, after more careful
evaluation, Management decided to consolidate or sell a
full 25% of our combined physical locations, re-investing
a large part of the savings in an expert and thoughtful
way into updated digital infrastructure and delivery.
Since our announcement, a few large and small banks
have issued organizational announcements reinforcing
the soundness and power of using scale economies to
invest in a similar Delivery Transformation. We believe
this is neither coincidental nor “group think.” The most
forward-looking and insightful organizations in all
industries are addressing the future of infrastructure and
delivery in an increasingly digital age. We believe most
banks will make these changes incrementally, and take a
generation or more to do so. In this transaction, we will
be able to accomplish our transformation economically,
in only a few short years, which will provide a huge
benefit to our communities and a sizeable competitive
advantage over our peers.
Our consistent and disciplined investment over
almost 20 years in Associate engagement, Customer
engagement and our unique culture has put us in a
strong position to both grow and transform. We will
continue this intense investment in our engagement
culture, and we will also apply it to our new investments
in infrastructure and delivery. Our engagement culture
has been, and will continue to be, our differentiator. It is
our “competitive moat” in a crowded marketplace (both
physical and digital), and therefore the primary driver of
our success.
Governing Transformation and
Transitioning Leadership
With these significant endeavors ahead of us, we
understand that “we are in for a big lift.” We believe
we are up for it. The effort is necessary and the
opportunity is great. The Board was focused on proper
evaluation, diligence, negotiation and integration
planning before the Beneficial merger was finalized, and
since the announcement we have been equally focused
on governing the successful integration and Delivery
Transformation. These are discussed in almost every
governance meeting we have, and we formed a special
integration and transformation committee of the Board
that meets at least monthly to oversee this “big lift.”
Continued on Page 9.
2018 ANNUAL REPORT 9
We are also fortunate and pleased that Gerard P.
Cuddy, CEO of Beneficial, and two other seasoned
Board members from Beneficial, Karen Dougherty
Buchholz and Michael J. Donahue, have joined the
WSFS Board. They bring a wealth of banking, operations
and administrative skills and experience, as well as
adding intense local market knowledge, all of which are
needed to help make this transformational combination
a success.
We also rightly honor and sincerely thank long-time
WSFS Director Cal Morgan, who is retiring from the
Board in April 2019. Cal has been a tireless, thorough,
thoughtful Director for the last 15 years. He has
continuously brought broad experience, keen insight
and sound judgment on local markets, businesses and
banking to Management and the Board during an
especially critical period of crisis in the economy and
growth at WSFS.
Moreover, over this last half decade, we deftly executed
a CEO transition from Mark Turner to his long-time senior
lieutenant, Rodger Levenson. These two events, the
Beneficial combination/Delivery Transformation and
Rodger’s ascension, were unrelated, but they couldn’t
have been more well-timed. With the full support and
guidance of the Board, Rodger has been on the CEO
development path for over five years. His well-rounded
banking expertise, personal and professional experience
in the Greater Delaware Valley, new vision and energy,
acute appreciation for our unique business model and
culture, and adept execution and leadership skills all make
him the perfect choice to undertake the organizational
transformations we are pursuing, and to lead WSFS for the
next generation. On top of Rodger’s leadership and the
new Board members we have added, Mark will be active
as Executive Chairman to contribute his accumulated
experience, knowledge, years of contacts and leadership
talents to help ensure all these endeavors—the
leadership transition, the business combination and
the Delivery Transformation—are fully successful.
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 1 0
time* in the above four time periods (versus 97% of the
time as of the end of 2017, and 91% the year before).
Further, as of December 31, 2018, our seven-year and
10-year TSRs were 235% and 297%, respectively; in
comparison, the average of the seven indexes we track
returned 140% and 128% r espectively; and the closest any
combination of the index returns came to our WSFS
returns were 175% and 178%, respectively.
Summary
In short, we have assembled a formidable c ombination:
a unique culture and a sustainable, high-performance
business model; good momentum and compelling
opportunities; and strong leadership and robust
governance. All of this was accomplished in order to be
successful for our many communities, including you, our
Owners, for years to come. Our talented Management
team and Associates deserve the vast majority of credit
for this desirable positioning, and we thank them
immensely for their constant hard work and dedication.
Thank you for your continued ownership of, and
confidence in, WSFS. As always, if you have any comments
or questions, contact us directly, or send an email to
chairman@wsfsbank.com.
Sincerely,
Your WSFS Board of Directors
Financial Performance and Total
Shareholder Returns
As we do each year, we are sharing with you our financial
performance and Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
performance versus peers. As mentioned, 2018 was a
record year for WSFS, not just absolutely, but relative
to peers. Our GAAP results placed us at an average 97th
percentile versus our peer groups* in our three key
metrics of ROA, ROE and growth in EPS. This is by far the
best percentile performance since we have been
reporting on these the last seven years. The average for
the past six years was at the 60th percentile performance,
and the best individual year previously was an average
80th percentile for these three critical metrics. 2018 will
be a tough year to top, but you have our commitment
that we will always do our best, and as a sustainable,
high-performing organization, our goal is to be in the top
quintile of peer performance over the course of a full
business cycle.
On the other hand, 2018 was not a good year for
bank stocks. Many peer bank index TSR averages were
down from 16 to 18%. Despite our record-breaking
performance, WSFS TSR was down 20% for the year. The
small differential versus peers all emanated from the
market’s reaction to the combination with Beneficial
and the associated Delivery Transformation. Since our
announcement in early August, we have underperformed
the Nasdaq Bank Index by approximately 12%. We are not
alone. Other large banking mergers announced in 2018
saw similar sub-peer performance since their
announcements. The market views big, complex,
groundbreaking efforts as having meaningful risk, and
rightly so. We do, too. However, we see much more the
potential for many years of significant competitive
advantage, outsized growth and high-performance
profitability. We are convinced that this transaction and
transformation are both necessary and compelling. Over
time, as we perform, we are confident we will make
believers of the market as well.
As a Company with a 187-year history and a focus on
excellent long-term returns, we make these types of
investments from time to time. Our three, five, seven
and 10 year TSRs are very positive, reflecting the success
of our long-view strategy, investments and execution.
We routinely outperform our bank peer and broader
market indexes, often by large margins. In fact, we
outperformed the seven relevant indexes 96% of the
*Calculated consistently as compared to up to seven other relevant indexes,
as discussed in detail in prior Board letters; which can be seen at:
investors.wsfsbank.com/financial-information
2018 ANNUAL REPORT 1 1
2018 Key Accolades
We are honored and humbled by the awards we received in 2018.
WSFS was recognized with The Gallup Great Workplace
Award for the third year in a row, as a company who
takes excellence to a new level by not only embracing
engagement, but also making it a fundamental foundation
of their business.
For the thirteenth consecutive year, WSFS Bank was
named a Top Workplace in Delaware. WSFS Bank was also
recognized as a Top Workplace by The Philadelphia
Inquirer/Philly.com for the fifth year in a row.
For the eighth year in a row, WSFS Bank was voted the
#1 Bank in Delaware by the readers of The News Journal.
Additionally, our Associates were recognized for their
outstanding achievements throughout the region.
Dominic Canuso, EVP, Chief Financial Officer, was
named a 2018 Influencer in Finance by The Philadelphia
Inquirer, Daily News and Philly.com; Shari Kruzinski,
SVP, Director of Retail Delivery, was named a 2018
Female Business Leader of the Year by the Chester County
Chamber of Commerce and Industry (PA); Peggy Eddens,
EVP, Chief Associate and Customer Experience Officer,
was named a 2018 Women of Distinction Award Recipient
by the Philadelphia Business Journal; Lisa Brubaker,
EVP, Chief Technology Officer, was named a 2018
Woman in Business Award winner by Delaware Today;
Rodger Levenson, President and CEO, was named to the
Philadelphia Power 100 list by the Philadelphia Business
Journal; and Mark Turner, Executive Chairman, was
named the 2018 Community Banker of the Year by
American Banker and a 2018 Most Admired CEO by the
Philadelphia Business Journal.
From being named a fastest growing company in the
Greater Philadelphia area Soaring 76, to being selected as
a Best of Chester County, and a First State Favorite Bank,
these achievements are meaningful to us and we appreciate
our Customers and Communities for all their support.
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 1 2
Commitment to Community
Our social purpose is fueled by our dedicated Associates who give to our Communities
with their generous time, expertise and efforts. Team WSFS, the WSFS corporate
volunteer program, encourages Associates to volunteer with nonprofits of their
choice. WSFS Associates also provide high-quality community leadership by
serving on boards of directors. Over 100 Associates currently serve on
nonprofit community boards, providing leadership and governance expertise
to improve the effectiveness of these organizations. Our dedicated Associates
volunteered a record-breaking 14,672 volunteer hours in 2018.
2018 ANNUAL REPORT 1 3
Board of Directors
Anat Bird
President & CEO
SCB Forums, Ltd.
Francis B. Brake
Chair, Integration and Delivery
Transformation Subcommittee
and Trust and Corporate
Development Committees
President, Epic Research, LLC
Karen Dougherty
Buchholz
Senior Vice President,
Administration
Comcast Corporation
Gerard P. Cuddy
Vice Chairman, WSFS Bank
Former President & CEO
Beneficial Bank
Many thanks to
Cal Morgan as he retires from the Board.
We appreciate his 15 years of
dedicated service to WSFS.
Rodger Levenson
President & CEO
WSFS Financial Corporation
and WSFS Bank
Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
Vice Chairman, WSFS Bank
Former Chairman,
President & CEO
PNC Bank, Delaware
Marvin N. Schoenhals
Former Chairman,
President & CEO WSFS Financial
Corporation and WSFS Bank
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 1 4
Board of Directors
Jennifer Wagner Davis
Executive Vice President
& Chief Operating Officer
University of Virginia
Michael J. Donahue
Advisory Partner,
NewSpring Capital
Former Chief Operating Officer,
KPMG Consulting, Inc.
Eleuthère I. du Pont
Lead Independent Director,
Chair, Corporate Governance
and Nominating Committee
President, The Longwood
Foundation
Christopher T. Gheysens
Chair, Audit and
Trust Audit Committees,
President & CEO Wawa, Inc.
Mark’s tenure as President and CEO,
saw WSFS deliver superior growth,
profitability and shareholder
returns. He leads by example
and is truly a gifted banker and
community champion.
Mark, your fellow WSFS Associates
thank you for your decades of
service to WSFS and our Communities.
We look forward to working with
you in your new role as Executive
Chairman of the Board of Directors.
Patrick J. Ward
Executive Vice President,
Pennsylvania Market President,
WSFS Financial Corporation
and WSFS Bank
David G. Turner
Chair, Personnel and
Compensation Committee
Vice President & Partner
North America Financial Services
IBM Global Business Services
Mark A. Turner
Executive Chairman
of the Board of Directors,
Executive Committee
Chairman, WSFS Financial
Corporation and WSFS Bank
2018 ANNUAL REPORT Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report contains estimates, predictions, opinions, projections and other “forward-looking statements” as that phrase is defined in the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, without limitation, references to the Company’s predictions or expectations
of future business or financial performance as well as its goals and objectives for future operations, financial and business trends, business prospects
and management’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality or other future financial or
business performance, strategies or expectations. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project” and similar
expressions, among others, generally identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions
(some of which may be beyond the Company’s control) and are subject to risks and uncertainties (which change over time) and other factors which
could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: those
related to difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends in the United States generally, and particularly in the markets in which the
Company operates and in which its loans are concentrated, including the effects of declines in housing markets, an increase in unemployment levels
and slowdowns in economic growth; the Company’s level of nonperforming assets and the costs associated with resolving problem loans including
litigation and other costs; possible additional loan losses and impairment in the collectability of loans; changes in market interest rates, which may
increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields and thus reduce margin; the impact of changes in interest rates and the credit quality and
strength of underlying collateral and the effect of such changes on the market value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio; the credit risk
associated with the substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans in our
loan portfolio; the extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost every aspect of the Company’s operations
including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and
Consumer Protection Act (which amended the Dodd-Frank Act) (the Economic Growth Act), and the rules and regulations issued in accordance
therewith and potential expenses associated with complying with such regulations; the Company’s ability to comply with applicable capital and
liquidity requirements (including the finalized Basel III capital standards), including our ability to generate liquidity internally or raise c apital on favor-
able terms; possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar
organizations; conditions in the financial markets that may limit the Company’s access to additional funding to meet its liquidity needs; impairments
of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets; failure of the financial and operational controls of the Company’s Cash Connect® business; the
success of the Company’s growth plans, including the successful integration of past and future acquisitions; the Company’s ability to fully realize the
cost savings and other benefits of its acquisitions, manage risks related to business disruption following those acquisitions, and post-acquisition
customer acceptance of the Company’s products and services and related customer disintermediation, including its pending acquisition of
Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.(Beneficial); the Company’s ability to complete the pending merger with Beneficial on the terms proposed, which are subject
to a number of conditions, risks and uncertainties, including the possibility that the proposed acquisition does not close when expected or at all
because all conditions to closing are not received or satisfied on a timely basis or at all, the failure to close for any other reason, that the businesses
of the Company and Beneficial will not be integrated successfully, that the cost savings and any synergies from the proposed acquisition may not be
fully realized or may take longer to realize than expected, disruption from the proposed acquisition making it more difficult to maintain relationships
with employees, customers or other parties with whom the Company or Beneficial have business relationships, diversion of management time on
merger-related issues, risks relating to the potential dilutive effect of shares of the Company’s common stock to be issued in the transaction, and the
reaction to the transaction of the companies’ customers, employees and counterparties; negative perceptions or publicity with respect to the
Company’s trust and wealth management business; adverse judgments or other resolution of pending and future legal proceedings, and cost
incurred in defending such proceeding; system failures or cybersecurity incidents or other breaches of the Company’s network security; the
Company’s ability to recruit and retain key employees; the effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect the
Company or the banking industry generally; the effects of weather and natural disasters such as floods, droughts, wind, tornadoes and hurricanes as
well as effects from geopolitical instability and man-made disasters including terrorist attacks; possible changes in the speed of loan prepayments
by the Company’s customers and loan origination or sales volumes; possible changes in the speed of prepayments of mortgage-backed securities
due to changes in the interest rate environment, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on prepayments in the event that
prepayments accelerate; regulatory limits on the Company’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries and pay dividends to its stockholders;
the effects of any reputation, credit, interest rate, market, operational, legal, liquidity, regulatory and compliance risk resulting from developments
related to any of the risks discussed above; and the costs associated with resolving any problem loans, litigation and other risks and uncertainties,
including those discussed in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) from time to time.
These risks and uncertainties and other risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or
future prospects are discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” and in other documents filed by the
Company with the SEC. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date
they are made. The Company disclaims any duty to revise or update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from
time to time by or on behalf of the Company for any reason, except as specifically required by law.
Stockholder Information
Stockholders or others seeking information regarding the Company may call or write:
WSFS Financial Corporation
Investor Relations
WSFS Bank Center
500 Delaware Avenue
Wilmington, DE 19801
302-792-6009
stockholderrelations@wsfsbank.com
Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
Website
wsfsbank.com
WSFS Bank Center • 500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, DE 19801 • wsfsbank.com
©2019 WSFS Bank. All rights reserved.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-35638
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware
(State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
22-2866913
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
19801
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (302) 792-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES
NO
Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES
NO
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES
NO
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule
405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
submit such files). Yes
No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,smaller reporting company
or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes
No
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of
the registrant’s common stock as quoted on Nasdaq as of June 30, 2018, was $1,657,621,739. For purposes of this calculation only, affiliates
are deemed to be directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the registrant's outstanding common stock.
As of February 21, 2019, there were issued and outstanding 31,374,091 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 25, 2019 are incorporated by reference
in Part III hereof.
Business
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Properties
Legal Proceedings
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part I
Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
Part IV
Page
3
26
39
39
39
39
40
42
44
59
61
128
128
131
131
131
131
131
131
132
133
134
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, and exhibits thereto, contains estimates, predictions, opinions, projections and other “forward-
looking statements” as that phrase is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include,
without limitation, references to the Company’s predictions or expectations of future business or financial performance as well
as its goals and objectives for future operations, financial and business trends, business prospects and management’s outlook or
expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality or other future financial or business
performance, strategies or expectations. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project” and
similar expressions, among others, generally identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on
various assumptions (some of which may be beyond the Company’s control) and are subject to risks and uncertainties (which
change over time) and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated. Such
risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
those related to difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends in the United States generally, and particularly
in the markets in which the Company operates and in which its loans are concentrated, including the effects of declines
in housing markets, an increase in unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth;
the Company’s level of nonperforming assets and the costs associated with resolving problem loans including litigation
and other costs;
possible additional loan losses and impairment in the collectability of loans;
changes in market interest rates, which may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields and thus reduce margin;
the impact of changes in interest rates and the credit quality and strength of underlying collateral and the effect of such
changes on the market value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio;
the credit risk associated with the substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and
commercial and industrial loans in our loan portfolio;
the extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost every aspect of the Company’s
operations including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), the
Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (which amended the Dodd-Frank Act) (the Economic
Growth Act), and the rules and regulations issued in accordance therewith and potential expenses associated with
complying with such regulations;
the Company’s ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements (including the finalized Basel III
capital standards), including our ability to generate liquidity internally or raise capital on favorable terms;
possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies,
and similar organizations;
conditions in the financial markets that may limit the Company’s access to additional funding to meet its liquidity needs;
impairments of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets;
failure of the financial and operational controls of the Company’s Cash Connect® business;
the success of the Company's growth plans, including the successful integration of past and future acquisitions;
the Company’s ability to fully realize the cost savings and other benefits of its acquisitions, manage risks related to
business disruption following those acquisitions, and post-acquisition customer acceptance of the Company’s products
and services and related customer disintermediation, including its pending acquisition of Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.
(Beneficial);
the Company’s ability to complete the pending merger with Beneficial on the terms proposed, which are subject to a
number of conditions, risks and uncertainties, including the possibility that the proposed acquisition does not close when
expected or at all because all conditions to closing are not received or satisfied on a timely basis or at all, the failure to
close for any other reason, that the businesses of the Company and Beneficial will not be integrated successfully, that
the cost savings and any synergies from the proposed acquisition may not be fully realized or may take longer to realize
than expected, disruption from the proposed acquisition making it more difficult to maintain relationships with employees,
customers or other parties with whom the Company or Beneficial have business relationships, diversion of management
time on merger-related issues, risks relating to the potential dilutive effect of shares of the Company’s common stock to
be issued in the transaction, and the reaction to the transaction of the companies’ customers, employees and counterparties;
•
negative perceptions or publicity with respect to the Company’s trust and wealth management business;
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
adverse judgments or other resolution of pending and future legal proceedings, and cost incurred in defending such
proceeding;
system failures or cybersecurity incidents or other breaches of the Company’s network security;
the Company’s ability to recruit and retain key employees;
the effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect the Company or the banking
industry generally;
the effects of weather and natural disasters such as floods, droughts, wind, tornadoes and hurricanes as well as effects
from geopolitical instability and man-made disasters including terrorist attacks;
possible changes in the speed of loan prepayments by the Company’s customers and loan origination or sales volumes;
possible changes in the speed of prepayments of mortgage-backed securities due to changes in the interest rate environment,
and the related acceleration of premium amortization on prepayments in the event that prepayments accelerate;
regulatory limits on the Company’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries and pay dividends to its stockholders;
the effects of any reputation, credit, interest rate, market, operational, legal, liquidity, regulatory and compliance risk
resulting from developments related to any of the risks discussed above; and
the costs associated with resolving any problem loans, litigation and other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed
in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) from time to time.
These risks and uncertainties and other risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, results of operations,
financial condition or future prospects are discussed herein, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” and in other documents
filed by the Company with the SEC. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements,
which speak only as of the date they are made. The Company disclaims any duty to revise or update any forward-looking statement,
whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company for any reason, except as specifically
required by law.
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “WSFS”, “the Company”, “registrant”, “we”, “us”, and “our” mean WSFS
Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, unless the context indicates otherwise.
Cash Connect® is our registered trademark. Any other trademarks appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property
of their respective holders.
2
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OUR BUSINESS
WSFS Financial Corporation (the Company or WSFS) is a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Wilmington,
Delaware. Substantially all of our assets are held by the Company's subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (WSFS
Bank or the Bank), one of the ten oldest bank and trust companies in the United States (U.S.) continuously operating under the
same name. At $7.2 billion in assets and $19.0 billion in assets under management (AUM) and administration at December 31,
2018, WSFS Bank is also the largest locally-managed bank and trust company headquartered in Delaware and the Delaware Valley.
As a federal savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state mutual savings bank, the Bank enjoys broader fiduciary powers
than most other financial institutions. A fixture in the community, the Bank has been in operation for more than 185 years. In
addition to its focus on stellar customer experiences, WSFS Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community.
We are a relationship-focused, locally-managed banking institution. We state our mission simply: “We Stand for Service.” Our
strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners” focuses
on exceeding customer expectations, delivering stellar experiences and building customer advocacy through highly-trained,
relationship-oriented, friendly, knowledgeable and empowered Associates.
Our core banking business is commercial lending primarily funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $4.0 billion
commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering the high level of service
and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through
commercial relationships and retail deposits. As of December 31, 2018, we service our customers primarily from our 76 offices
located in Delaware (45), Pennsylvania (29), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1) and through our website at www.wsfsbank.com. We also
offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage services through our retail branches,
and mortgage and title services through those branches and through Pennsylvania-based WSFS Mortgage. WSFS Mortgage is a
mortgage banking company and abstract and title company specializing in a variety of residential mortgage and refinancing
solutions.
Our Cash Connect® business is a premier provider of ATM vault cash, smart safe (safes that automatically accept, validate, record
and hold cash in a secure environment) and other cash logistics services in the U.S. Cash Connect® manages over $1.0 billion in
total cash and services 24,300 non-bank ATMs and approximately 2,300 smart safes nationwide. Cash Connect® provides related
services such as online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM
processing equipment sales and deposit safe cash logistics. Cash Connect® also operates 441 ATMs for the Bank, which has the
largest branded ATM network in our market.
Our Wealth Management business provides a broad array of planning and advisory services, investment management, trust services,
and credit and deposit products to individuals, business owners, corporate, and institutional clients through multiple integrated
businesses. Combined, these businesses had $19.0 billion of assets under management (AUM) and assets under administration
(AUA) at December 31, 2018. WSFS Wealth Investments provides financial advisory services. Cypress, a registered investment
adviser, is a fee-only wealth management firm managing a “balanced” investment style portfolio focused on preservation of capital
and generating current income. West Capital, a registered investment adviser, is a fee-only wealth management firm operating
under a multi-family office philosophy to provide customized solutions to institutions and high-net-worth individuals. The trust
division of WSFS Bank (doing business as WSFS Institutional Services) provides personal trust and fiduciary services, as well
as, trustee, agency, bankruptcy administration, custodial and commercial domicile services to corporate and institutional clients.
Powdermill is a multi-family office providing independent solutions to high-net-worth individuals, families and corporate
executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. WSFS Wealth Client Management provides comprehensive solutions to
high-net-worth clients by delivering credit and deposit products as well as partnering with other wealth management units.
3
Subsidiaries
The Company has five consolidated subsidiaries: WSFS Bank, WSFS Wealth Management, LLC (Powdermill), WSFS Capital
Management, LLC (West Capital), Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress) and Christiana Trust Company of Delaware
(Christiana Trust DE).
WSFS Bank has 3 wholly owned subsidiaries: WSFS Investment Group, Inc. (WSFS Wealth Investments), 1832 Holdings, Inc.
and Monarch Entity Services LLC (Monarch). WSFS Wealth Investments markets various third-party investment and insurance
products such as single-premium annuities, whole life policies and securities, primarily through our retail banking system and
directly to the public. 1832 Holdings, Inc. was formed to hold certain debt and equity investment securities. Monarch offers
commercial domicile services, which include providing employees, directors, sublease of office facilities and registered agent
services in Delaware and Nevada.
WSFS has one unconsolidated subsidiary, WSFS Capital Trust III (the Trust), which was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million
aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities.
Segment Information
For financial reporting purposes, our business has three segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect® and Wealth Management. The
WSFS Bank segment provides loans and other financial products to commercial and retail customers. Cash Connect® provides
ATM vault cash, cash safe and other cash logistics services in the U.S through strategic partnerships with several of the largest
network, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of
fiduciary, investment management, credit and deposit products to clients.
For segment financial information for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, see Note 21 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in this report.
Recent Developments
On August 7, 2018, WSFS and Beneficial Bancorp, Inc. (Beneficial) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, (as
amended from time to time, the Merger Agreement) pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger
Agreement, among other things, (i) Beneficial will merge with and into WSFS, with WSFS continuing as the surviving corporation
(the Merger) and (ii) simultaneously, Beneficial Bank will merge with and into WSFS Bank, with WSFS Bank continuing as the
surviving bank (the Bank Merger and, together with the Merger, the Mergers). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger
Agreement, stockholders of Beneficial will receive 0.3013 shares of WSFS common stock and $2.93 in cash for each share of
Beneficial common stock. Our stockholders approved the Mergers at a special meeting held on December 12, 2018, and Beneficial's
stockholders approved the Mergers at a special meeting held on December 6, 2018. The Mergers, which are subject to customary
closing conditions, are expected to close on March 1, 2019.
4
WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION
While all banks offer similar products and services, we believe that WSFS, through its service model, has set itself apart from
other banks in our market and the industry in general. In addition, community banks such as WSFS have been able to distinguish
themselves from large national or international banks by providing our customers with the service levels, responsiveness and local
decision making they prefer. The following factors summarize what we believe are our points of differentiation:
Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy
Our business model is built on a concept called Human Sigma, which we have implemented in our strategy of “Engaged Associates
delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners.” The Human Sigma model, identified by
Gallup, Inc., begins with Associates who take ownership of their jobs and therefore perform at a higher level. We invest significantly
in recruitment, training, development and talent management as our Associates are the cornerstone of our business model. This
strategy motivates Associates and unleashes innovation and productivity to engage our most valuable asset, our Customers, by
providing them with stellar experiences. As a result, we build Customer Advocates, or Customers who have developed an emotional
attachment to the Bank. Research studies continue to show a direct link between Associate engagement, customer advocacy and
a company’s financial performance. Our success with this strategy creates a virtuous cycle, further building an environment of
engagement and advocacy.
Surveys conducted for us by Gallup, Inc. indicate that:
• Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top decile of companies polled. In 2018, our engagement ratio was
23.3:1, which means there were 23.3 engaged Associates for every actively disengaged Associate. This compares to a 2.6:1
ratio in 2003 and currently, a U.S. working population ratio of 2.1:1.
•
68% of customers surveyed ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “WSFS is the perfect bank
for me.”
By fostering a culture of engaged and empowered Associates, we believe we have become the employer and bank of choice in
our market. In 2018, for the 13th consecutive year, we were named a top workplace in Delaware in The News Journal’s ‘Top
Workplaces’ survey of our Associates. We were also named the ‘Top Bank’ in Delaware for the eighth year in a row by the readers
of The News Journal, and named a fastest growing company in the Greater Philadelphia region ‘Soaring 76’ for the second year
in a row by the Philadelphia Business Journal.
5
Community Banking Model
Our size and community banking model play a key role in our success. Our approach to business combines a service-oriented
culture with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at meeting the needs of our retail and business Customers.
We believe the essence of being a community bank means that we are:
•
Small enough to offer Customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers, yet
• Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers.
As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by national companies that have
centralized their decision-making authority away from their customers and focused their mass-marketing on a regional or even
national customer base. We believe this trend has underserved smaller business owners who have become accustomed to dealing
directly with their bank’s senior executives, discouraged retail customers who often experience deteriorating levels of service in
branches and other service outlets, and frustrated bank employees who are no longer empowered to provide good and timely
service to their customers.
Through our pending Merger with Beneficial, which we expect to close on March 1, 2019, we will create the largest, premier,
locally-headquartered community bank in the Greater Delaware Valley, offering the benefits of local market knowledge and
decision-making, a full-service product suite, the balance sheet to compete with larger regional and national banks, and most
importantly, an ingrained culture of engaged Associates that bring to life WSFS’ mission of We Stand For Service in our daily
delivery of stellar Customer experiences.
WSFS Bank offers:
• One primary point of contact - each of our relationship managers is responsible for understanding his or her Customers’ needs
and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs.
• A customized approach to our Customers - we believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are too large or
centralized to offer customized products or services.
•
Products and services that our Customers value - this includes a broad array of banking, cash management and trust and wealth
management products, as well as a legal lending limit high enough to meet the credit needs of our Customers, especially as
they grow.
• Rapid response and a company that is easy to do business with - our Customers tell us this is an important differentiator from
larger, in-market competitors.
Strong Market Demographics
Our markets, which primarily include Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania, are situated in the middle of the Washington, DC
to New York corridor which includes the urban markets of Philadelphia and Baltimore. Delaware benefits from this urban
concentration as well as from a unique political, legal, tax and business environment. The following table shows key demographics
for our markets compared to the national average.
(Most recent available statistics)
Unemployment (For December 2018) (2) (3)
Median Household Income (2013-2018) (4)
Population Growth (2010-2018) (4) (5)
Delaware
3.8%
$63,036
7.7%
Southeastern
Pennsylvania (1)
3.2%
$82,349
2.8%
National
Average
3.7%
$57,652
6.0%
(1) Comprised of Chester, Delaware and Montgomery counties
(2) Bureau of Labor Statistics - Delaware and National unemployment rates as of November 2018, seasonally adjusted
(3) Bureau of Labor Statistics - Southeastern Pennsylvania unemployment rate is a simple average of the July 2017 (not seasonally adjusted) unemployment
rates for Chester, Delaware, and Montgomery counties.
(4) U.S. Census Bureau - Quick Facts 2013 - 2018
(5) Southeastern Pennsylvania data is for 2010-2017
6
Balance Sheet Management
We put a great deal of focus on actively managing our balance sheet. This manifests itself in:
•
Prudent capital levels - Maintaining prudent capital levels is key to our operating philosophy. At December 31, 2018, the
Company's common equity to assets ratio was 11.32% and its tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 8.99%. At
December 31, 2018 all regulatory capital levels for WSFS Bank were above well-capitalized levels. At December 31, 2018,
WSFS Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.69% and $365.0 million in excess of the 6.5% “well-capitalized”
level under the banking agencies’ prompt corrective action framework: the Bank’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.69% and $276.6
million in excess of the 8% “well-capitalized” level, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 13.37%, or $198.9 million
above the “well-capitalized” level of 10%, and the Bank's leverage ratio was 10.82%, or $402.4 million above the 5% “well-
capitalized” level.
The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of the tangible
common equity to tangible assets ratio to net income and total assets, the most comparable U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) measures, please refer to “Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in Item 1” located at
the end of this section.
• Disciplined lending - We maintain discipline in our lending with a particular focus on portfolio diversification and granularity.
Diversification includes limits on loans to one borrower as well as industry and product concentrations. We supplement this
portfolio diversification with a disciplined underwriting process and the benefit of knowing our customers. We have also taken
a proactive approach to identifying trends in our local economy and have responded to areas of concern.
•
Focus on credit quality - We seek to control credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet
primarily to help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing marginal income and tax relief. Our philosophy
and pre-purchase due diligence has allowed us to avoid the significant investment write-downs taken by many of our bank
peers during the last economic downturn.
• Asset/Liability management strategies - We have created an investment portfolio that is consistent with our Board of Directors'
approved risk appetite and we believe the portfolio contains minimal risks due to our exclusion of non-Agency (private label)
mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and other asset-backed securities. We also believe that our thorough due diligence is
effective in mitigating the credit risk associated with municipal securities that we have added. Further, our portfolio is highly
liquid given our large amount of Agency MBS.
Disciplined Capital Management
We understand that our capital (or stockholders’ equity) belongs to our stockholders. They have entrusted this capital to us with
the expectation that it will earn an appropriate return relative to the risks we take. Mindful of this balance, we prudently, but
aggressively, manage our capital.
Strong Performance Expectations and Alignment with Stockholder Priorities
We are focused on high-performing, long-term financial goals. We define “high-performing” as the top quintile of a relevant peer
group in return on assets (ROA), return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) and EPS growth. Management incentives are, in
large part, based on driving performance in these areas. More details on management incentive plans will be included in the proxy
statement for our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders.
During 2018, we met or exceeded the goals in our 2016-2018 Strategic Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2018, WSFS
reported ROA of 1.92%. Core ROA, which excludes non-core items, was 1.63% for 2018, demonstrating our steady progress
toward the goals we set in our three year, 2016-2018 Strategic Plan. Core ROA for 2018 excludes (i) corporate development costs,
(ii) securities gains, (iii) unrealized gains on equity investments, (iv) realized gain on sale of equity investment, (v) a recovery
related to the settlement of a legal claim, and (vi) a recovery related to an unusual fraud loss.
Core ROA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of Core ROA to ROA, the most comparable U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) measure, please refer to “Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in
Item 1” located at the end of this section.
For further information related to the legal settlement, see Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
7
Growth
We have achieved success over the long-term in lending and deposit gathering, growing the Wealth Management segment’s client
base and growing Cash Connect®’s customer base and services. Our success has been the result of a focused strategy that provides
service, responsiveness and careful execution in a consolidating marketplace. We plan to continue to grow by:
• Developing talented, service-minded Associates: We have successfully recruited Associates with strong ties to, and the passion
to serve, their communities to enhance our service in existing markets and to provide a strong start in new communities. We
also focus efforts on developing talent and leadership from our current Associate base to better equip those Associates for
their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS.
• Embracing the Human Sigma concept: We are committed to building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy as a
way to differentiate ourselves and grow our franchise.
• Building fee income through investment in and growth of our Wealth Management and Cash Connect® segments.
• Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by:
• Offering local decision-making by seasoned banking professionals.
• Executing our community banking model that combines stellar experiences with the banking products and services our
business customers demand.
• Adding seasoned lending professionals that have helped us win customers in our Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania
markets.
• Continuing to grow deposits by:
• Offering products through an expanded and updated branch network resulting from our pending Merger with Beneficial,
increasing our market presence in Philadelphia and southeastern Pennsylvania.
•
•
•
Providing a stellar experience to our Customers.
Further expanding our commercial Customer relationships with deposit and cash management products.
Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as targeted marketing programs.
•
Seeking strategic acquisitions. We anticipate completing our Merger with Beneficial on March 1, 2019, thereby further
expanding our presence in the southeastern Pennsylvania market. During 2018 and 2017, we focused on optimizing our recent
acquisitions in southeastern Pennsylvania and our Wealth Management segment. During 2016, we acquired Penn Liberty
Financial Corp. (Penn Liberty) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Penn Liberty Bank, expanding our presence in the southeastern
Pennsylvania market. In 2016, we also acquired the assets of Powdermill Financial Solutions, LLC and West Capital
Management, Inc., an independent, fee-only wealth management firm. Over the next several years, we expect our growth to
continue to be a mix of organic growth and acquisition-related growth, consistent with our long-term strategy.
8
Innovation
Our organization is committed to product and service innovation as a means to drive growth and to stay ahead of changing customer
demands and emerging competition. We are focused on developing and maintaining a strong “culture of innovation” that solicits,
captures, prioritizes and executes innovation initiatives, from product creation to process improvements. Cash Connect®, a premier
provider of ATM vault cash, smart safe and other cash logistics services in the U.S., serves as an innovation engine driving
enhancements such as mobile phone cash withdrawals from WSFS ATMs, and has developed best-in-class cash logistics and
reconciliation software. These innovations have created internal efficiencies and valued services for our local banking customers
and merchants across the nation. We intend to continue to leverage technology and innovation to grow our business and to
successfully execute on our strategy.
In conjunction with the announcement of our pending merger with Beneficial, we announced that we are embarking on a multi-
year Delivery Transformation effort focused on melding our physical and digital delivery. Industry and customer behavior trends
continue to shift as observed in reduced branch traffic and increased mobile adoption. As such, we have concluded through
substantial internal and external analysis that we need to transform our delivery channels to meet these new expectations. As we
embark on our 2019-2021 strategic plan, we will accelerate our transformation by optimizing our physical branch network and
making strategic investments in meaningful technology solutions, supported by specialized talent. Those investments will provide
our Customers with leading edge products and will elevate our Associates, as they strive to serve in a competitive and compelling
way. We will design and integrate solutions to provide personalized experiences to our Customers, while retaining the essence of
what makes WSFS great. Through our Delivery Transformation and our ongoing commitment to Stellar Service, we will continue
to lead the community and regional banking industry with regards to service delivery and Customer experience.
Over the past several years, we have formed several strategic alliances which have allowed us to stay at the forefront of emerging
technology in our industry. Through these partnerships, we look forward to offering and supporting even more innovative products
to the financial services marketplace, continuing our organizational learning in this fast-developing space, and participating in
value creation for our stockholders.
Values
Our values address integrity, service, accountability, transparency, honesty, growth and desire to improve. They are the core of
our culture, they make us who we are and we live them every day.
At WSFS, we:
• Do the right thing.
•
Serve others.
• Are welcoming, open and candid.
• Grow and improve.
Enterprise Risk Management
Since 2013, we have managed our risks through our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) program administered by the Chief Risk
Officer (CRO) and ERM Manager. Our stand-alone ERM department is separate from the lines of business. Formal Risk Appetite
Statements have been developed for each major risk category throughout the institution; these Statements are reviewed and approved
by the Board annually. Key Risk Indicators (KRI’s) or Risk metrics are continually monitored in relation to risk appetite though
a Risk Assessment Summary (RAS) dashboard. Each KRI has an assigned quantitative tolerance level which considers our overall
risk appetite, regulatory requirements, the bank’s peer group statistics, best practices, and general industry guidelines. As part of
our ERM Program, approximately 130 KRIs are monitored company-wide. In the event that risk levels exceed our defined risk
appetite, management action is required. The CRO, deputy CRO, and/or the ERM manager conduct meetings with management
of respective business lines at least three times per year to discuss and gather information for ERM reporting. ERM reporting is
provided to the Board of Directors three times per year. From a regulatory perspective, our ERM program is evaluated as part of
the regular Safety and Soundness examination by the OCC.
Results
Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value for our stockholders. Since
2014, our commercial loans which exclude loans held for sale have grown from $2.7 billion to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2018,
a strong 8% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). Over the same period, customer deposits have grown from $3.5 billion to
$5.4 billion, a 9% CAGR. Since 2008, stockholder value has increased at a far greater rate than our banking peers. An investment
of $100 in WSFS stock in 2008 would be worth $262 at December 31, 2018. By comparison, $100 invested in the Nasdaq Bank
Index in 2008 would be worth $200 at December 31, 2018.
9
Types of Loans
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage
Construction
Total commercial real
estate
Consumer loans:
Residential real estate
(1)
Consumer
Total consumer loans
Gross loans
Less:
Deferred fees (unearned
income)
Allowance for loan losses
Net loans
(2)
DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and changes in net interest
income due to changes in volume and rate are presented in “Results of Operations” included in the section entitled “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES
Over the past several years we have focused on growing the more profitable, relationship-oriented segments of our loan portfolio.
Our current portfolio lending activity is concentrated on small- to mid-sized businesses in the mid-Atlantic region of the U.S.,
primarily in Delaware, southern Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey, as well as in northern Virginia. Since 2014, our total
net commercial loans have increased by $1.4 billion, or 51% and accounted for 83% of our net loan portfolio at December 31,
2018. Based on current market conditions, we expect our focus on growing commercial and industrial loans and other relationship-
based commercial loans to continue during the remainder of 2019 and beyond.
The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years:
(Dollars in thousands)
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
At December 31,
$ 1,162,739
23.9% $1,187,705
24.9 % $ 1,163,554
26.2 % $ 966,698
25.8 % $ 805,459
25.3 %
316,566
6.5%
281,608
5.9 %
222,712
5.0 %
245,773
6.5 %
142,497
4.5 %
Commercial and industrial
1,472,489
30.3% 1,464,554
30.7 % 1,287,731
29.0 % 1,061,597
1,479,305
30.4% 1,469,313
30.8 % 1,386,266
31.2 % 1,212,471
32.3 %
28.3 %
947,956
920,072
Commercial — owner-
occupied
1,059,974
21.8% 1,079,247
22.6 % 1,078,162
24.3 %
880,643
23.5 %
788,598
Total commercial loans
4,011,768
82.5% 4,013,114
84.1 % 3,752,159
84.5 % 3,154,711
84.1 % 2,656,626
218,099
680,939
899,038
4.5%
14.0%
18.5%
253,301
558,493
811,794
5.3 %
11.7 %
17.0 %
289,611
450,029
739,640
6.5 %
10.1 %
16.6 %
283,963
360,249
644,212
7.6 %
9.5 %
17.1 %
247,627
327,543
575,170
4,910,806
101.0% 4,824,908
101.1 % 4,491,799
101.1 % 3,798,923
101.2 % 3,231,796
101.6 %
7,348
0.2%
7,991
0.2 %
7,673
0.2 %
8,500
0.2 %
6,420
0.3 %
39,539
0.8%
40,599
0.9 %
39,751
0.9 %
37,089
1.0 %
39,426
1.3 %
$ 4,863,919
100.0% $4,776,318
100.0 % $ 4,444,375
100.0 % $ 3,753,334
100.0 % $ 3,185,950
100.0 %
(1)
Includes reverse mortgages, at fair value of $16.5 million; $19.8 million; $22.6 million; $24.3 million; and $29.3 million at December 31, 2018, 2017,
2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.
(2) Excludes $25,318; $31,055; $54,782; $41,807; and $28,508 of residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, and
2014, respectively
10
29.8 %
28.9 %
24.8 %
83.5 %
7.8 %
10.3 %
18.1 %
The following tables show our loan portfolio by remaining contractual maturity as of December 31, 2018. The first table details
the total loan portfolio by type of loan. The second table details the total loan portfolio by those with fixed interest rates and those
with adjustable interest rates. Loans may be pre-paid, so the actual maturity may differ from the contractual maturity. Prepayments
tend to be highly dependent upon the interest rate environment. Loans having no stated maturity or repayment schedule are reported
in the "Less than One Year" category.
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial mortgage loans
Construction loans
Commercial and industrial loans
Commercial owner-occupied loans
Residential real estate loans (1)
Consumer loans
Total gross loans
Rate sensitivity:
Fixed
Adjustable(2)
Total gross loans
Less than
One Year
One to
Five Years
Over
Five Years
142,601
107,462
489,046
70,843
6,543
31,179
847,674
134,617
713,057
847,674
$
$
$
$
568,528
148,070
574,727
359,898
8,391
46,884
1,706,498
751,751
954,747
1,706,498
$
$
$
$
451,610
61,034
408,716
629,233
186,616
602,876
2,340,085
871,521
1,468,564
2,340,085
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Total
1,162,739
316,566
1,472,489
1,059,974
201,550
680,939
4,894,257
1,757,889
3,136,368
4,894,257
(1) Excludes reverse mortgages at fair value of $16.5 million.
(2) Includes hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages.
Commercial Real Estate, Commercial Owner-Occupied, Construction and Commercial Lending
Pursuant to section 5(c) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (HOLA), federal savings banks are generally permitted to invest up to
400% of their total regulatory capital in nonresidential real estate loans and up to 20% of their assets in commercial loans, but no
more than 10% may be in loans that do not qualify as small business loans. As a federal savings bank that was formerly chartered
as a Delaware savings bank, the Bank has certain additional lending authority.
Commercial, commercial owner-occupied, commercial mortgage and construction loans have higher levels of risk than residential
mortgage lending. These loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related
borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent on the
successful operation of the related real estate project and may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate
market or in the general economy than residential mortgage loans. The majority of our commercial and commercial real estate
loans are concentrated in Delaware and Pennsylvania.
We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and on other commercial real estate. Generally, loan-
to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination.
Our commercial mortgage portfolio was $1.2 billion at December 31, 2018. Generally, this portfolio is diversified by property
type, with no type representing more than 33% of the portfolio. The largest type is retail-related (non-mall, neighborhood shopping
centers and other retail) with balances of $347.0 million. The average size of a loan in the commercial mortgage portfolio is
$0.6 million and only nine loans are greater than $8.0 million, with one loan greater than $12.0 million.
We offer commercial construction loans to developers. In some cases these loans are made as “construction/permanent” loans,
which provides for disbursement of loan funds during construction with automatic conversion to mini-permanent loans (one - five
years) upon completion of construction. These construction loans are short-term, usually not exceeding two years, with interest
rates indexed to our WSFS prime rate, the “Wall Street” prime rate or London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), in most cases,
and are adjusted periodically as these indices change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required
for permanent mortgage loans, but also takes into consideration: completed plans, specifications, comparables and cost estimates.
Prior to approval of each loan, these criteria are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the subject property when
completed. Our policy requires that all appraisals be reviewed independently from our commercial business development staff.
At origination, the loan-to-value ratios for construction loans generally do not exceed 75%. The initial interest rate on the permanent
portion of the financing is determined by the prevailing market rate at the time of conversion to the permanent loan. At December 31,
2018, $486.4 million was committed for construction loans, of which $316.6 million was outstanding. The residential construction
and land development (CLD) portfolio represented $133.9 million, or 3%, of total loans and 18% of Tier 1 capital (Tier 1 + ALLL),
and the commercial CLD portfolio represented $93.7 million, or 2%, of total loans. These portfolios include $15.2 million of “land
hold” loans, which are land loans not currently being developed, at December 31, 2018.
11
Commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial loans make up the remainder of our commercial portfolio and include
loans for working capital, financing equipment and real estate acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. These
relationships generally range in amounts of up to $40.0 million with an average loan balance in the portfolio of $0.3 million and
terms ranging from less than one year to ten years. The loans generally carry variable interest rates indexed to our WSFS prime
rate, “Wall Street” prime rate or LIBOR. At December 31, 2018, our commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial
loan portfolios were $2.5 billion and represented 52% of our total loan portfolio. These loans are diversified by industry, with no
industry representing more than 13% of the portfolio.
Federal law limits the Bank’s extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of our unimpaired capital (approximately $112.2
million), and an additional 10% if the additional extensions of credit are secured by readily marketable collateral. Extensions of
credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual commitments to advance funds, such as standby letters of credit. At
December 31, 2018, no borrower had collective (relationship) total extensions of credit exceeding these legal lending limits.
Residential Real Estate Lending
Generally, we originate held-for-sale residential first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% and require private
mortgage insurance or government guarantee for up to 35% of the mortgage amount for mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios
exceeding 80%. On a very limited basis, we have originated or purchased loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% without
a private mortgage insurance requirement or government guarantee. At December 31, 2018, the balance of all such loans was
approximately $9.7 million.
Generally, our residential mortgage loans are underwritten and documented in accordance with standard underwriting criteria
published by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Federal Housing Agency, Veterans Administration, the U.S. Department of Agriculture
and other secondary market participants to assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market.
To protect the propriety of our liens, we require borrowers to provide title insurance. We also require fire, extended coverage
casualty and flood insurance (where applicable) for properties securing residential loans. All properties securing our residential
loans are appraised by independent, licensed and certified appraisers and are subject to review in accordance with our standards.
The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly after an initial period. The
change in rate for the first adjustment date could be higher than the typical limited rate change of two percentage points at each
subsequent adjustment date. Adjustments are generally based upon a margin (currently 2.75% for U.S. Treasury index; 2.25% for
LIBOR index) over the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve).
Usually, the maximum rate on these loans is five percent above the initial interest rate. We underwrite adjustable-rate loans under
standards consistent with private mortgage insurance and secondary market underwriting criteria. We do not originate adjustable-
rate mortgages with payment limitations that could produce negative amortization.
The adjustable-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio help mitigate the risk related to our exposure to changes in interest rates.
However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of re-pricing
adjustable-rate mortgage loans. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may
increase due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the borrower. Further, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans allow us
to increase the sensitivity of our asset base to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the periodic
and lifetime interest rate adjustment limitations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that yields on our adjustable-rate mortgages
will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to our cost of funds during periods of extreme interest rate increases.
The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because borrowers may refinance
or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a substantially shorter period of time. First mortgage
loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses. This provision gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable
in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. We enforce due-on-sale clauses
through foreclosure and other legal proceedings to the extent available under applicable laws.
In general, loans are sold without recourse except for the repurchase right arising from standard contract provisions covering
violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a default by the borrower on the first payment. We
also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor contracts in the event a borrower prepays a loan in total within a specified
period after sale, typically 120 days. The recourse is limited to a pro rata portion of the premium paid by the investor for that loan,
less any prepayment penalty collectible from the borrower. There were no repurchases in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
12
Consumer Lending
Our primary consumer credit products (excluding first mortgage loans) are home equity lines of credit and equity-secured
installment loans. At December 31, 2018, home equity lines of credit outstanding totaled $287.7 million and equity-secured
installment loans totaled $231.9 million. In total, these product lines represented 76% of total consumer loans. Typically, maximum
loan to value (LTV) limits are 89% for primary residences and 75% for all other properties. At December 31, 2018, we had
$595.2 million in total commitments for home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit offer customers the convenience
of checkbook and debit card access, and revolving credit features for a portion of the life of the loan and typically are more attractive
in a low interest rate environment. Home equity lines of credit expose us to the risk that falling collateral values may leave us
inadequately secured. This credit risk is mitigated as the loans amortize over time. Additionally, during 2018 we purchased certain
second-lien home equity installment loans through our partnership with Spring EQ, LLC (Spring EQ). These select loans meet or
exceed our current underwriting standards and are similar to home equity loans originated through our branch network. Further,
during 2018, we grew student loans through our partnership with LendKey Technologies Inc. (LendKey). These loans are primarily
to consolidate existing student debt and are also underwritten in accordance with our current credit standards.
The following table shows the composition of our consumer loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
At December 31,
Equity secured
installment loans
Home equity lines of
credit
Student loans
Personal loans
Unsecured lines of
credit
Other
$ 231,930
34.1% $ 148,212
26.5% $ 82,182
18.3% $ 89,218
24.7% $ 72,795
22.2%
287,721
113,370
23,274
16,677
7,967
42.3
16.6
3.4
2.4
1.2
301,658
72,105
21,401
12,194
2,923
54.0
12.9
3.8
2.2
0.6
290,310
64.5
226,592
62.9
218,683
66.8
42,932
22,007
10,613
1,985
9.5
4.9
2.4
0.4
15,941
17,604
9,244
1,650
4.4
4.9
2.6
0.5
587
16,082
9,415
9,981
0.2
4.9
2.9
3.0
Total consumer loans
$ 680,939
100.0% $ 558,493
100.0% $ 450,029
100.0% $ 360,249
100.0% $ 327,543
100.0%
Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales
We engage in traditional lending activities primarily in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania, and contiguous areas of neighboring
states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout the U.S. We purchase loans from
outside our traditional lending area through our relationships with Spring EQ and LendKey, when such purchases are deemed
appropriate. We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans through our banking offices and WSFS
Mortgage, our mortgage banking company.
Commercial: We originate commercial real estate and commercial loans through our commercial lending division and Small
Business Administration (SBA) loan program. Commercial loans are made for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions,
business expansion and other business purposes. During 2018 we originated $1.4 billion of commercial and commercial real estate
loan exposures compared to $1.2 billion in 2017. To reduce our exposure on certain types of these loans, and/or to maintain
relationships within internal lending limits, at times we will sell a portion of our commercial loan portfolio, typically through loan
participations. Commercial loan sales totaled $29.4 million and $33.3 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. These amounts
represent gross contract amounts and do not necessarily reflect amounts outstanding on those loans. We also periodically buy loan
participations from other banks. Commercial loan participation purchases totaled $53.1 million and $19.3 million in 2018 and
2017, respectively.
Any significant modification or additional exposure to one borrowing relationship exceeding $3.5 million must be approved by
the Loan Committee. The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors reviews the minutes of the Loan Committee meetings.
The Executive Committee also approves new credit exposures exceeding $10.0 million and new credit exposures in excess of
$5.0 million for customers with higher risk profiles or larger existing relationship exposures. Depending upon their experience
and management position, individual officers of the Bank have the authority to approve smaller loan amounts. Our credit policy
includes a “House Limit” to any one borrowing relationship, which increased to $40 million in August 2017 from $30 million
consistent with overall growth in capital and the size of our loan portfolio. In rare circumstances, we will approve exceptions to
the “House Limit.” Our policy allows for only 15 such relationships with an aggregate exposure of 10% of Tier I Capital plus
ALLL. At December 31, 2018, no relationships exceeded the $40.0 million “House Limit.” After the close of our pending merger
with Beneficial, we expect these limits to increase, reflective of the risk profile of the combined organization.
13
Residential and Consumer: During 2018, we originated $325.1 million of residential real estate loans, compared with
$353.7 million in 2017. From time to time, we have purchased whole loans and loan participations in accordance with our ongoing
asset and liability management objectives. There were no such purchases in 2018 or 2017. We sell most newly originated mortgage
loans in the secondary market as a means of generating fee income to control the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet and
to manage overall balance sheet mix. Residential real estate loan sales totaled $300.6 million in 2018 and $346.1 million in 2017.
We hold certain fixed-rate mortgage loans for investment, consistent with our current asset/liability management strategies and
our relationship-based lending philosophy.
At December 31, 2018, we serviced $98.6 million of residential first mortgage loans and reverse mortgage loans for others,
compared to $102.5 million at December 31, 2017. We also serviced residential first mortgage loans and reverse mortgage loans
for our own portfolio totaling $218.1 million and $253.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively.
Our consumer lending activity is conducted primarily through our branch offices and referrals from other parts of our business.
We originate a variety of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile
loans, unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans.
We offer government-insured reverse mortgages to our customers. These loans do not close in our name and we process them as
a reverse mortgage broker. During 2018 and 2017 we originated $3.4 million and 3.1 million in reverse mortgages, respectively.
Fee Income from Lending Activities
We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and selling loans and loan
participations. We also receive fee income for making commitments to originate construction, residential and commercial real
estate loans. Additionally, we collect fees related to existing loans which include prepayment charges, late charges, assumption
fees and interest rate swap fees. As part of the loan application process, the borrower also may pay us for out-of-pocket costs to
review the application, whether or not the loan is closed.
Most loan fees are not recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income immediately, but are deferred as adjustments to yield
in accordance with GAAP, and are reflected in interest income over the expected life of the loan. Those fees represented interest
income of $5.5 million, $5.1 million and $4.2 million during 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively. Loan fee income was mainly due
to fee accretion on new and existing loans (including the acceleration of the accretion on loans that paid early), loan growth and
prepayment penalties. The increase in loan fee income was concentrated in commercial and industrial and construction loans due
to the associated growth in these portfolio categories.
LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES
Our results of operations can be negatively impacted by nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, other real estate
owned and restructured loans. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on
nonaccrual status immediately if, in our opinion, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days and
collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest payments. Interest accrued, but not collected at the date a loan is placed on
nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the accretion of net deferred loan fees is suspended
when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or
recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest.
We manage our portfolio to identify problem loans as promptly as possible and take immediate actions to minimize losses. To
accomplish this, our Loan Administration and Risk Management Department monitors the asset quality of our loans and investments
in real estate portfolios and reports such information to the Credit Policy, Audit and Executive Committees of the Board of Directors
and the Bank’s Controller’s Department.
14
SOURCES OF FUNDS
We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our Treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. As a result
of increased deposit growth, our loan-to-total customer funding ratio at December 31, 2018 was 90%(1), better than our 2018
strategic plan goal of 100%. We have significant experience managing our funding needs through both borrowings and deposit
growth.
As a financial institution, we and the Bank have access to several sources of funding. Among these are:
• Retained earnings
• Commercial and retail deposit programs
• Loan repayments
•
Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) borrowings
• Repurchase agreements
•
Federal Discount Window access
• Brokered deposits
•
Senior debt
Our branch strategy has been focused on expanding our market penetration and retail footprint in Delaware and southeastern
Pennsylvania and attracting new customers in part to provide additional deposit growth. During 2018, CDs increased $43.9 million,
or 7%, consistent with our strategy to attract longer-term, fixed-rate funding in a rising-rate environment. Core customer deposit
growth (customer deposits excluding CDs) was $380.5 million during 2018, a 9% increase over 2017.
(1) For this calculation, “loans” includes Loans, held for sale as shown on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
Deposits
WSFS Bank is also the largest locally-managed bank and trust company headquartered in Delaware and the Delaware Valley. The
Bank primarily attracts deposits through its retail branch offices and loan production offices, in Delaware and nearby southeastern
Pennsylvania.
The Bank offers various deposit products to our customers, including savings accounts, demand deposits, interest-bearing demand
deposits, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. In addition, the Bank accepts “jumbo” certificates of deposit
with balances in excess of $100,000 from individuals, businesses and municipalities.
The following table shows the maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2018:
(Dollars in Thousands)
Maturity Period
Less than 3 months
Over 3 months to 6 months
Over 6 months to 12 months
Over 12 months
Total
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
December 31, 2018
65,757
17,305
140,736
102,195
325,993
$
$
As a member of the FHLB, we are able to obtain FHLB advances. At December 31, 2018, we had $328.5 million in FHLB advances
with a weighted average rate of 2.52%, compared with $710.0 million with a weighted average rate of 1.51% at December 31,
2017. Outstanding advances from the FHLB had rates ranging from 1.50% to 2.79% at December 31, 2018. Pursuant to collateral
agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB
stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. As a member of the FHLB, we are required to purchase
and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.10% of our member asset value plus 4.00% of advances
outstanding. As of December 31, 2018, our FHLB stock investment totaled $19.3 million, compared with $31.3 million at
December 31, 2017.
We received $1.5 million in dividends from the FHLB during 2018, compared to $1.6 million in 2017. For additional information
regarding FHLB stock, see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
15
Trust Preferred Borrowings
In 2005, the Trust issued $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate
of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. These securities are callable and have a maturity date of June 1, 2035.
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
During 2018 and 2017, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2018, we had purchased
$158.0 million in federal funds at an average rate of 2.52%, compared to $28.0 million at an average rate of 1.54% at December 31,
2017. As December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had no securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source.
Senior Debt
On September 1, 2017, we redeemed $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.25% senior notes due 2019 which were
issued in 2012 (the 2012 senior notes). The 2012 senior notes were redeemed using a portion of the proceeds from our 2016
issuance of senior unsecured fixed-to-floating rate notes (the 2016 senior notes) described below. We recorded noninterest expense
of $0.7 million due to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with this redemption.
On June 13, 2016, we issued $100.0 million of the 2016 senior notes. The 2016 senior notes mature on June 15, 2026 and have a
fixed coupon rate of 4.50% from issuance to but excluding June 15, 2021 and a variable coupon rate of three month LIBOR plus
3.30% from June 15, 2021 until maturity. The 2016 senior notes may be redeemed beginning on June 15, 2021 at 100% of principal
plus accrued and unpaid interest. The proceeds remaining after the redemption of the 2012 notes are being used for general corporate
purposes.
PERSONNEL
At December 31, 2018, we had 1,177 full-time equivalent Associates (employees). Our Associates are not represented by a collective
bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our Associates is very good, as evidenced by the results of our 2018 Associate
engagement survey conducted by the Gallup organization which placed us among the top 5% of Gallup clients worldwide for the
second year in a row. In addition, we were named a top workplace in Delaware for the 13th consecutive year in The News Journal’s
‘Top Workplaces’ survey of our Associates and a ‘Top Workplace’ in the greater Philadelphia market by philly.com for the fourth
consecutive year. We were also honored to receive the Gallup ‘Great Workplace’ award for the third year in a row.
16
REGULATION
Overview
The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state banking laws, regulations, and policies that are intended
primarily for the protection of depositors. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and
the banking system as a whole, are not for the protection of our other creditors and stockholders. The Office of the Comptroller
of the Currency (OCC) is the Bank’s primary regulator and the Federal Reserve is the Company’s primary regulator.
The statutes enforced by, and regulations and policies of, these agencies affect most aspects of our business, including prescribing
permissible types of activities and investments, the amount of required capital and reserves, requirements for branch offices, the
permissible scope of our activities and various other requirements.
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent allowed by law. As an insurer of bank deposits, the FDIC
promulgates regulations, conducts examinations, requires the filing of reports and generally supervises the operations of all
institutions to which it provides deposit insurance.
Financial Reform Legislation
The Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted in 2010, imposed new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight
for financial institutions and their holding companies, including insured depository institutions. The law also established the
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) as an independent agency within the Federal Reserve. Some of the provisions of
the Dodd-Frank Act have increased our expenses, decreased our revenues, and changed the activities in which we engage.
In May 2018, the Economic Growth Act was signed into law. The Economic Growth Act amends portions of the Dodd-Frank in
order to provide regulatory relief to banking organizations such as ourselves. However, several but not all of the reforms are
limited to banking organizations with fewer than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. At December 31, 2018, we were below
this ceiling. After our pending merger with Beneficial, which we expect to close on March 1, 2019, our total consolidated assets
at both the Company and Bank levels will exceed $10 billion, and we will cease to be eligible for many of these changes. Specific
reforms that may affect us include:
• Capital requirements - Bank holding companies, such as the Company, with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets
may be exempt from the Basel III Capital Rules if they maintain a community bank leverage of ratio of between eight and
ten percent. The specific number is to be set by the federal banking agencies. In November 2018, the agencies proposed a
CBLR of nine percent. The agencies have not finalized the rule, and we cannot predict when they may do so. For further
information, see “Supervision and Regulation - Capital” below.
• Volcker Rule - The Volcker Rule, enacted as part of the Economic Growth Act, largely prohibited any banking entity of any
size from sponsoring or investing (or retaining an interest in) private equity and hedge funds and from engaging in proprietary
trading. Banking entities also were required to establish compliance programs. The Economic Growth Act exempts banks
with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or less from the Volcker Rule. This exemption took effect upon enactment. The
statute did not formally exempt bank holding companies under the $10 billion threshold from the Volcker Rule, but the federal
banking agencies have pledged not to enforce it against these companies. Although we do not believe we engaged in any
activities covered by the Volcker Rule, the exemption eliminates any need for a compliance program.
• Commercial real estate loans - The Basel III Capital Rules as finalized in 2013 required a banking organization to risk weight
certain commercial real estate loans that were determined to have high volatility at 150% rather than at 100% for other
commercial real estate (CRE)loans. In order to avoid high volatility commercial real estate (“HVCRE”) status and the higher
risk weight, a CRE loan had to meet several requirements, including an equity contribution form the borrower in the form of
cash, unencumbered readily marketable assets, or paid development expenses out of pocket. A lender could not return the
contribution to the borrower until the loan was paid off or replaced with permanent financing. The Economic Growth Act
replaced the HVCRE category with a narrower category for HVCRE acquisition, development, and construction (HVCRE
ADC) loans. Among other things, a borrower may now make its equity contribution in the form or real property or
improvements, and the lender may reclassify an HVCRE ADC loan more easily, enabling the lender to return the equity
contribution to the borrower more easily. The federal banking agencies issued an interim final rule in September 2018 to
implement these changes. We have not yet determined the impact of these changes on our CRE loan portfolio.
• Exemption to certain mortgage lending rules - The Economic Growth Act creates a new compliance option for mortgages
originated and held by banks and credit unions with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets to be considered qualified
mortgages for the purposes of the Ability-to-Repay Rule. In addition, the Economic Growth Act exempts certain insured
depositories and credit unions that originate few mortgages from certain Home Mortgage Disclosure Act reporting
requirements.
17
Basel III
In 2013, the Federal banking agencies approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)
capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations. Under the final rules as of January 2015, minimum requirements increased for
both the quantity and quality of capital maintained by the Company and the Bank. The rules included a new common equity Tier
1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raised the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from
4.0% to 6.0%, required a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and required a minimum Tier 1 leverage
ratio of 4.0%.
In addition, the capital rules subject a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus
payments to executive officers if the organization does not maintain a capital conservation buffer: a ratio of CET1 to total risk-
based assets of at least 2.5% on top of the minimum risk-based capital requirements. The implementation of the capital conservation
buffer began on January 1, 2016, at 0.625%; in 2018 the buffer was 1.875%; and full 2.5% requirement took effect on January 1,
2019. As a result, as of January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank must adhere to the following minimum capital ratios to satisfy
the Basel III Capital Rule requirements and to avoid the limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to
executive officers: (i) 4.0% tier 1 leverage ratio; (ii) minimum CET 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%; (iii) minimum tier 1 risk-
based capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iv) minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%.
The final rules also revised the standards for an insured depository institution to be “well-capitalized” under the banking agencies’
prompt corrective action framework, requiring a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%, Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.0% and total
capital ratio of 10.0%, while leaving unchanged the existing 5.0% leverage ratio requirement. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory
capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. Newly issued trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual
preferred stock may no longer be included in Tier 1 capital. However, for depository institution holding companies of less than
$15 billion in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, most outstanding trust preferred securities and other non-qualifying
securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 are permanently grandfathered to be included in Tier 1 capital (up to a limit of 25% of Tier
1 capital, excluding non-qualifying capital instruments). At December 31, 2018, we had approximately $67.0 million of trust
preferred securities outstanding, all of which are counted as Tier 1 capital.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company and the Bank met the applicable standards on a fully phased-in basis, and the Bank was
“well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules.
In 2014, the Federal banking agencies adopted a “liquidity coverage ratio” requirement (LCR) for large internationally active
banking organizations, and in 2016, the agencies proposed a “net stable funding ratio” standard (NSFR) for the same group of
institutions. The LCR measures an organizations’ ability to meet liquidity demands over a 30-day horizon; the NSFR would test
the same capacity over a one-year horizon. Neither requirement applies directly to the Company or the Bank, but the policies
embedded in them may inform the work of the examiners as they consider our liquidity.
Debit Card Interchange Fees
The Federal Reserve has issued rules under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, as amended by a section of the Dodd-Frank Act,
known as the Durbin Amendment, to limit interchange fees that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit card
transaction. Under the rules, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction
is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. In addition, the rules allow
for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer’s debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements
policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the rule.
In accordance with the statute, the interchange fee standards do not apply to fees charged by issuers that, together with their
affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31), such as the Bank, against debit
accounts that they hold. After our pending merger with Beneficial, which we expect to close on March 1, 2019, our total consolidated
assets at both the Company and Bank levels will exceed $10 billion on December 31, 2019, and we will become subject to the
Durbin Amendment rules in 2020.
London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR)
In 2017, a committee of private-market derivative participants and their regulators convened by the Federal Reserve, the Alternative
Reference Rate Committee (ARRC), was created to identify an alternative reference interest rate to replace LIBOR. The ARRC
announced the Secured Overnight Funding Rate (SOFR), a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized
by Treasury securities, as its preferred alternative to LIBOR. The Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct
Authority (FCA), which regulates LIBOR, announced its intention to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the
calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. Subsequently, the Federal Reserve announced final plans for the
production of SOFR, which resulted in the commencement of its published rates by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in
April 2018. The Company has contracts, including loan and derivative contracts, that are currently indexed to LIBOR, and we are
currently evaluating risks and potential process changes arising from these developments.
18
Regulation of the Company
General
The Company is a registered savings and loan holding company and is subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and
reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve conducts regular safety and soundness examinations or
inspections of the Company, which result in ratings for risk management, financial condition, and potential impact on subsidiary
depository institution(s), a composite rating, and a rating for subsidiary depository institution(s) (referred to collectively as the
“RFI/C(D)” rating). The Federal Reserve treats the ratings and the examination reports as highly confidential, and they are not
available to the public.
The Company is also a public company subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC. We file electronically with the SEC our
Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We make available on the
investor relations page of our website at www.wsfsbank.com, free of charge, copies of these reports as soon as reasonably
practicable after filing or furnishing them to the SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Restrictions on Acquisitions
Federal law generally prohibits a savings and loan holding company, without prior regulatory approval, from acquiring direct or
indirect control of all, or substantially all, of the assets of any other savings association or savings and loan holding company, or
more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings association or savings and loan holding company. These provisions also prohibit,
among other things, any director or officer of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns or controls more
than 25% of the voting shares of such holding company, from acquiring control of any savings association that is not a subsidiary
of such savings and loan holding company, unless the acquisition is approved by the Federal Reserve.
The Company is a grandfathered unitary thrift holding company, a status that allows us to acquire companies or business lines
that engage in a wide range of non-banking activities. Should we lose that status, we will be constrained in our ability to acquire
many non-banking companies or business lines. We do not currently own any companies that a non-grandfathered unitary thrift
holding company would not be allowed to hold.
Safe and Sound Banking Practices
Savings and loan holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in activities that represent
unsafe and unsound banking practices or constitute violations of laws or regulations. For example, the Federal Reserve opposes
any repurchase of common stock or any other regulatory capital instrument if the repurchase would be inconsistent with the savings
and loan holding company’s prospective capital needs and continued safe and sound operation. As another example, a savings and
loan holding company may not impair its subsidiary savings association’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-
depository subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believes it not prudent for the Company to do so. The Federal
Reserve can assess civil money penalties on a party for unsafe and unsound activities conducted on a knowing or reckless basis,
if those activities caused more than a minimal loss to an institution or pecuniary gain to the party. The penalties can range up to
$25,000 for certain reckless violations and up to $1.0 million for certain knowing violations for each day such a violation continues.
Source of Strength
Confirming a longstanding policy of the Federal Reserve, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Company to act as a source of financial
strength to the Bank in the event of financial distress at the Bank. Under this standard, the Company is expected to commit resources
to support the Bank, including at times when the holding company would not otherwise be inclined to do so. The Federal Reserve
also expects the Company to provide managerial support to the Bank as needed. The Federal Reserve may require a savings and
loan holding company to terminate an otherwise lawful activity or divest control of a subsidiary if the activity or subsidiary poses
a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary savings association and is inconsistent with sound
banking principles.
In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the capital rules for savings and loan holding companies are no less stringent than
those that apply to their subsidiary savings associations.
19
Dividends
The principal sources of the Company’s cash are debt issuances and dividends from the Bank, supplemented by dividends from
its operating subsidiaries (Cypress, Powdermill, West Capital and Christiana Trust DE). Our earnings and activities are affected
by federal, state and local laws and regulations. For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends
to the holding company and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that holding
companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of earnings available for the period for which the dividend is
being paid and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future capital needs and current
and prospective financial condition. The policy provides that holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends
that undermines the holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary. Consistent with this policy,
a banking organization should have comprehensive policies on dividend payments that clearly articulate the organization’s
objectives and approaches for maintaining a strong capital position and achieving the objectives of the Federal Reserve’s policy
statement.
In 2009, the Federal Reserve issued a supervisory letter providing greater clarity to its policy statement on the payment of dividends
by holding companies. In this letter, the Federal Reserve stated that when a holding company’s board of directors is considering
the payment of dividends, it should consider, among other things, the following factors: (i) overall asset quality, potential need to
increase reserves and write down assets, and concentrations of credit; (ii) potential for unanticipated losses and declines in asset
values; (iii) implicit and explicit liquidity and credit commitments, including off-balance sheet and contingent liabilities; (iv) quality
and level of current and prospective earnings, including earnings capacity under a number of plausible economic scenarios;
(v) current and prospective cash flow and liquidity; (vi) ability to serve as an ongoing source of financial and managerial strength
to depository institution subsidiaries insured by the FDIC, including the extent of double leverage and the condition of subsidiary
depository institutions; (vii) other risks that affect the holding company’s financial condition and are not fully captured in regulatory
capital calculations; (viii) level, composition, and quality of capital; and (ix) ability to raise additional equity capital in prevailing
market and economic conditions (the Dividend Factors). It is particularly important for a holding company’s board of directors to
ensure that the dividend level is prudent relative to the organization’s financial position and is not based on overly optimistic
earnings scenarios. In addition, a holding company’s board of directors should strongly consider, after careful analysis of the
Dividend Factors, reducing, deferring, or eliminating dividends when the quantity and quality of the holding company’s earnings
have declined or the holding company is experiencing other financial problems, or when the macroeconomic outlook for the
holding company’s primary profit centers has deteriorated. The Federal Reserve further stated that, as a general matter, a holding
company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its distributions if: (i) its net income available to shareholders for the past
four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) its prospective
rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) it
will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Failure to do so could result in a
supervisory finding that the holding company is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner.
Additionally, as discussed above, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over savings and loan holding companies
and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices, or violations of applicable
statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the authority to proscribe the payment of dividends by bank and savings and loan
holding companies.
Cypress and West Capital
Cypress and West Capital are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Investment Advisers
Act) and as such are supervised by the SEC. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment
advisers, including record-keeping, operational and marketing requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent
activities. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act,
ranging from fines and censure to termination of an investment adviser’s registration. Investment advisers also are subject to certain
state securities laws and regulations. Noncompliance with the Investment Advisers Act or other federal and state securities laws
and regulations could result in investigations, sanctions, disgorgement, fines and reputation damage.
20
Regulation of WSFS Bank
General
As a federally chartered savings association the Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC. The OCC
conducts regular safety and soundness examinations of the Bank, which result in ratings for capital, asset quality, management,
earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk and a composite rating (referred to collectively as the “CAMELS” rating). The
OCC treats the CAMELS ratings and the examination reports as highly confidential, and they are not available to the public. The
lending activities and other investments of the Bank must comply with various federal regulatory requirements. The OCC
periodically examines the Bank from the standpoints of information technology, asset management/trust, and compliance with
regulatory requirements. The Bank must file reports with the OCC describing its activities and financial condition, including a
quarterly “call report” that is publicly available. The FDIC also has the authority to conduct special examinations of the Bank,
and the CFPB has back-up enforcement authority over the Bank. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements
promulgated by the Federal Reserve.
Transactions with Affiliates; Tying Arrangements
The Bank is subject to certain restrictions in its dealings with us and our affiliates. Transactions between savings associations and
any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, with additional limitations found in Section 11 of
the Home Owners’ Loan Act. An affiliate of a savings association, generally, is any company or entity which controls or is under
common control with the savings association or any subsidiary of the savings association that is commonly controlled by an affiliate
or a bank or savings association. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a savings association (such as the
Company) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings association.
Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the savings association or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered
transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate
of all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such
transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those that would be
provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to the affiliate, purchase of assets from
the affiliate, issuance of a guarantee on behalf of the affiliate and several other types of transactions. Extensions of credit to an
affiliate usually must be over-collateralized. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, the Home Owners’
Loan Act also prohibits a savings association from (i) lending or otherwise extending credit to an affiliate that engages in any
activity impermissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchasing or investing in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar
obligations of any affiliate, except for the purchase of shares of a subsidiary.
Restrictions also apply to extensions of credit by the Bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their
related interests and to similar individuals at the Company and the Bank’s affiliates. In general, such extensions of credit (i) may
not exceed certain dollar limitations, (ii) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as
those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties, and (iii) must not involve more than the normal risk of
repayment or present other unfavorable features. Certain extensions of credit also require the approval of the Bank’s Board of
Directors.
The Bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property, or furnish any service or fix or vary the consideration for them on the condition
that (i) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property, or service from or to the Bank or the Company or their
subsidiaries (other than a loan, discount, deposit, or trust service or that are related to and usually provided in connection with any
such product or service) or (ii) the customer not obtain some other credit, property, or services from a competitor, except to the
extent reasonable conditions are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended. The Federal banking agencies have,
however, allowed banks and savings associations to offer combined-balance products and otherwise to offer more favorable terms
if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products. The law authorizes the Federal Reserve to grant additional exceptions
by regulation or order.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
Under the revised capital regulations based on the BCBS capital guidelines and that took effect on January 1, 2015 for the Bank,
savings associations must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of average total assets, common equity Tier 1 equal to 4.5%
of risk-weighted assets, Tier 1 capital equal to 6% of risk-weighted assets, total capital (a combination of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital)
equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets, and a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets equal to 4%. The
regulations also modified the thresholds necessary for a savings association to be deemed well or adequately capitalized; these
adjustments are discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action.”
21
Under the revised capital rules, the components of common equity Tier 1 capital include common stock instruments (including
related surplus), retained earnings, and certain minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries (subject
to certain limitations). A savings association must make certain deductions from and adjustments to the sum of these components
to determine common equity Tier 1 capital. The required deductions for federal savings associations include, among other items,
goodwill (net of associated deferred tax liabilities), certain other intangible assets (net of deferred tax liabilities), certain deferred
tax assets, gains on sale in connection with securitization exposures and investments in and extensions of credit to certain subsidiaries
engaged in activities not permissible for national banks. The adjustments require several complex calculations and include
adjustments to the amounts of deferred tax assets, mortgage servicing assets, and certain investments in the capital of unconsolidated
financial institutions that are includable in common equity Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes noncumulative perpetual
preferred stock and related surplus, and certain minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries not
included in common equity Tier 1 capital (subject to certain limitations). Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debt with a minimum
original maturity of five years, related surplus, certain minority interests in in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries
not included in Tier 1 capital (subject to certain limitations), and limited amounts of a bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses
(ALLL). Certain deductions and adjustments are necessary for both additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tangible capital
has the same definition as Tier 1 capital.
The revised capital rules also modified the risk weights for several types of assets. The risk weights range from 0% for cash, U.S.
government securities, and certain other assets, 50% for qualifying residential mortgage exposures, 100% for corporate exposures
and non-qualifying mortgage loans and certain other assets, to 600% for certain equity exposures. Loans that are past due by 90
days or more must be risk-weighted at 150%. Mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets that are not deducted from common
equity Tier 1 capital in accordance with the adjustment stated above are risk-weighted at 250%.
The capital rules finalized in 2013 applied a risk weight of 150% to “high volatility commercial real estate loans,” commercial
real estate CRE loans that failed to meet certain prerequisites. Among them was an equity contribution by a borrower of 15% of
a project’s value, in the form of cash or unencumbered readily marketable assets. Additionally, a lender could not reclassify an
HVCRE loan and return to the 100% risk weight until the loan was paid off or replaced by permanent financing. The Economic
Growth Act revised this risk weight in several ways, limiting the 150% risk weight to “high volatility acquisition, development,
and construction” loans. Under the Economic Growth Act requirements, a borrower may make the necessary 15% contribution
in the form of equity in the project and may reclassify the loan and risk weight it at 100% before maturity.
At December 31, 2018, the Bank was in compliance with the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital,
tangible capital and leverage capital requirements.
The Company is subject to similar minimum capital requirements as the Bank, except that the Company is not subject to a tangible
capital ratio. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1
capital, total capital, and leverage capital requirements. For the Company to be “well capitalized,” the Bank must be well-capitalized
and the Company must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive
issued by the Federal Reserve to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. As of December 31, 2018, the
Company met all the requirements to be deemed well-capitalized.
Prompt Corrective Action
All banks and savings associations are subject to a “prompt corrective action” regime. This regime is designed primarily to impose
increasingly stringent limits on insured depository institutions as their capital deteriorates below certain levels. There are five
different capital levels: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically
undercapitalized. A well-capitalized institution usually is entitled to various regulatory advantages, such as expedited treatment
of applications, favorable deposit insurance assessments, and no express restrictions on brokered deposits. The revised capital
rules summarized above raised the thresholds for well-capitalized status. In order to be “well capitalized”, an OCC-regulated
savings association must have a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.0%, a total capital ratio of
10.0%, and a 5.0% leverage ratio, and not be subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective
action directive issued by the OCC. An adequately capitalized savings association must maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital
ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, and a leverage ratio of 4.0%. If a savings
association falls below any one of these floors, it becomes undercapitalized and subject to a variety of restrictions on its operations.
Although savings and loan holding companies are not subject to prompt corrective action, the Federal Reserve uses the same
capital ratios to identify well capitalized holding companies for various purposes.
As of December 31, 2018, the Bank met all of the prerequisites for well-capitalized status.
22
Dividend Restrictions
Both OCC and Federal Reserve regulations govern capital distributions by Federal savings associations to their holding companies.
Covered distributions include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account of a savings
association to make capital distributions. A savings association must file a notice with the Federal Reserve at least 30 days before
making any capital distribution. The association also must file an application with the OCC for approval of a capital distribution
if either (1) the total capital distributions for the current calendar year (including the proposed capital distribution) exceed the sum
of the institution’s net income for that year to date plus the institution’s retained net income for the preceding two years, (2) the
institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution, (3) the distribution would violate any applicable
statute, regulation, agreement or OCC-imposed condition, or (4) the institution is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.
In certain situations, a Federal savings association may be able to file a notice with the OCC rather than an application; in other
situations, no application or notice is required for the OCC, although notice to the Federal Reserve still is necessary. During 2018,
the Bank paid dividends to the Company after receiving approval from the OCC.
The OCC may prohibit a proposed capital distribution, which would otherwise be permitted by OCC regulations, if the OCC
determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
Under federal law, an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if the capital distribution would cause
the institution to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. The FDIC also prohibits an insured depository
institution from paying dividends on its capital stock or interest on its capital notes or debentures (if such interest is required to
be paid only out of net profits) or distributing any of its capital assets while it remains in default in the payment of any assessment
due the FDIC. The Bank is currently not in default in any assessment payment to the FDIC.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts
The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized
to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution from
engaging in any activity determined by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority
to initiate enforcement actions against savings associations, after giving the OCC an opportunity to take such action.
The maximum deposit insurance amount per depositor per insured depository institution per certain types of accounts is $250,000.
The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments. In addition, all institutions with
deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing
Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.
The FDIC has revised its methodology for determining assessments from time to time. The current methodology, which has been
in place since the third quarter of 2016, has a range of assessment rates from 3 basis points to 30 basis points on insured deposits.
All insured depository institutions with the exception of large and complex banking organizations are assigned to one of three risk
categories based on their composite CAMELS ratings. Each of the three risk categories has a range of rates, and the rate for a
particular institution is determined based on seven financial ratios and the weighted average of its component CAMELS ratings.
The FDIC may adjust assessment rates downward as the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund exceeds 2.0% and higher
thresholds. As of September 30, 2018, the reserve ratio was 1.36%. Future changes in insurance premiums could have an adverse
effect on the operating expenses and results of operations and we cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the
future.
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including us, if it determines after a hearing
that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue
operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also
may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution
has no tangible capital. Management is not aware of any existing circumstances that would result in termination of our deposit
insurance.
Reserves
Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, a savings association must maintain reserves against its transaction accounts.
During 2018, no reserves were required to be maintained on the first $16.0 million of transaction accounts, reserves of 3% were
required to be maintained against the next $106.3 million of transaction accounts and a reserve of 10% was required to be maintained
against all remaining transaction accounts. These percentages are subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve. Because required
reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a noninterest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of
the reserve requirement may reduce the amount of an institution’s interest-earning assets.
23
Consumer Protection Regulations
The Bank’s offerings of retail products and services to consumers are subject to a large number of statutes and regulations designed
to protect the finances of consumers and to promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include,
but are not limited to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage
Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and their
implementing regulations. States may adopt more stringent consumer financial protection statutes that could apply to us as well.
The CFPB is responsible for writing and revising the Federal regulations, but the OCC is responsible for ensuring compliance by
Federal savings associations with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank was subject to
OCC oversight, but the CFPB will assume jurisdiction over the Bank as a result of the pending merger with Beneficial, which we
expect to close on March 1, 2019. State attorneys general also may file suit to enforce federal and state laws.
The change in leadership at the CFPB in 2017, the release of a new strategic plan and the publication of formal requests for
information on possible changes to its general supervisory program and its enforcement program suggest that the CFPB may be
taking a different approach to its implementation of consumer financial protection laws than the agency did when it first began
operations, but we are unable to predict what effect, if any, these changes may have on the Bank.
Since its creation in 2011, the CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules, including rules that affect nearly every aspect of
the residential mortgage lending and servicing process, from origination through maturity or foreclosure. Among other things, the
rules require home mortgage lenders to: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a “reasonable ability to
repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage,” in which case a rebuttable presumption
exists that the creditor extending the loan has satisfied the reasonable ability to repay test; (ii) implement new or revised disclosures,
policies and procedures for originating and servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, pre-loan counseling, early intervention
with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence; (iii)
comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator hiring and compensation; (iv) comply with new disclosure
requirements and standards for appraisals and certain financial products; and (v) maintain escrow accounts for higher-priced
mortgage loans for a longer period of time.
Privacy and Cybersecurity
Several Federal statutes and regulations require savings associations (as well as banks and other financial institutions) to take
several steps to protect nonpublic consumer financial information. The Bank has prepared a privacy policy, which it must disclose
to consumers annually. In some cases, the Bank must obtain a consumer's consent before sharing information with an unaffiliated
third party, and the Bank must allow a consumer to opt out of the Bank's sharing of information with its affiliates for marketing
and certain other purposes. Additional conditions come into play in the Bank's information exchanges with credit reporting
agencies. The Bank's privacy practices and the effectiveness of its systems to protect consumer privacy are one of the subjects
covered in the OCC's periodic compliance examinations.
The Federal banking agencies pay close attention to the cybersecurity practices of savings associations, banks, and their holding
companies and affiliates. The interagency council of the agencies, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, has
issued several policy statements and other guidance for banks as new cybersecurity threats arise. FFIEC has recently focused on
such matters as compromised customer credentials and business continuity planning. Examinations by the banking agencies now
include review of an institution’s information technology and its ability to thwart cyber attacks.
Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering
The Bank Secrecy Act requires federal savings associations and other financial institutions to establish a risk-based system of
internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal requirements for
an insured depository institution include (i) establishment of an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit
components; (ii) establishment of a "know your customer" program involving due diligence to confirm the identity of persons
seeking to open accounts and to deny accounts to those persons unable to demonstrate their identities; (iii) the filing of currency
transaction reports for deposits and withdrawals of large amounts of cash; (iv) additional precautions for accounts sought and
managed for non-U.S. persons; and (v) verification and certification of money laundering risk with respect to private banking and
foreign correspondent banking relationships. For many of these tasks a bank must keep records to be made available to its primary
federal regulator. Anti- money laundering rules and policies are developed by a bureau within the U.S. Department of the Treasury,
the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, but compliance by individual institutions is overseen by its primary federal regulator,
in the Bank's case, the OCC.
Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance has been a special focus of the OCC and the other Federal banking
agencies in recent years. Any non-compliance is likely to result in an enforcement action, often with substantial monetary penalties
and reputation damage. A savings association or bank that is required to strengthen its compliance program often must put on hold
any initiatives that require banking agency approval.
24
Community Reinvestment Act
All savings associations and banks are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), which requires each such institution
to help meet the credit needs of low- to moderate-income communities and individuals within the institution’s assessment area.
CRA does not impose specific lending requirements, and it does not contemplate that a savings association or bank would take
any action inconsistent with safety and soundness. The Federal banking agencies evaluate the performance of each of their regulated
institutions periodically. Evaluations that result in a conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Unsatisfactory” may block or impede
regulatory approvals for other actions by an institution.
The Bank's assessment areas include the entire state of Delaware as well as Montgomery, Chester and Delaware counties in
Pennsylvania. The Bank received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent performance evaluation, dated August 7, 2017.
Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in Item 1
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. To supplement our financial information presented in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, we provide the following non-GAAP financial measures: core ROA and the tangible common equity
to tangible assets ratio. We believe these measures provide investors with a better understanding of the company’s performance
when analyzing changes in our underlying business between reporting periods and provide for greater transparency with respect
to supplemental information used by management in its financial and operational decision making. We believe the presentation
of these non-GAAP financial measures, when used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, is a useful financial analysis
tool that can assist investors in assessing the company’s operating performance and underlying prospects. This analysis should
not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Core ROA is calculated as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Net income (GAAP)
Plus: Corporate development expenses (after tax)
Less: Securities gains (after tax)
Unrealized gains on equity investment (after tax)
Realized gain on sale of equity investment (after tax)
Recovery of legal settlement (after tax)
Recovery of fraud loss (after tax)
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)
Average assets
ROA (GAAP)
Core ROA (non-GAAP)
The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio is calculated as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Period End Tangible Assets
Period end assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tangible assets
Period End Tangible Common Equity
Period end Stockholder’s equity
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tangible common equity
Tangible common equity to assets
25
For the year ended
December 31, 2018
134,743
5,632
(16)
(15,818)
(2,878)
(6,081)
(1,275)
114,307
7,014,447
$
$
1.92%
1.63%
December 31, 2018
$
$
$
$
7,248,870
(186,023)
7,062,847
820,920
(186,023)
634,897
8.99%
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
As a financial services organization, we are subject to a number of risks inherent in our transactions and present in the business
decisions we make. Described below are the primary risks and uncertainties that if realized could have a material and adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, and our access to liquidity. The risks and uncertainties
described below are not the only risks we face.
We have identified our major risk categories as: market risk, credit risk, capital and liquidity risk, compliance risk, operational
risk, strategic risk, reputation risk and model risk. Market risk is the risk of loss due to changes in external market factors such as
interest rates. Credit risk is the risk of loss that arises when an obligor fails to meet the terms of an obligation. We are exposed to
both customer credit risk, from our loans, and institutional credit risk, principally from our various business partners and
counterparties. Capital and liquidity risk is the risk that financial condition or overall safety and soundness are adversely affected
by an inability, or perceived inability, to meet obligations and support business growth. Compliance risk is the risk that we fail to
adequately comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed
processes, people or systems, external events (i.e., natural disasters) or compliance, reputation or legal matters and includes those
risks as they relate directly to the Company as well as to third parties with whom we contract or otherwise do business. Strategic
risk is the risk from changes in the business environment, improper implementation of decisions or inadequate responsiveness to
changes in the business environment. Reputation risk is the risk of loss that arises from negative publicity or perceptions regarding
our business practices. Model risk refers to the possibility of unintended business outcomes arising from the design, implementation
or use of models.
1. Market Risk
Difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends could adversely affect our industry and our business.
We are exposed to downturns in the Delaware, mid-Atlantic and overall U.S. economy and housing markets. Unfavorable economic
trends, sustained high unemployment, and declines in real estate values can cause a reduction in the availability of commercial
credit and can negatively impact the credit performance of commercial and consumer loans, resulting in increased write-downs.
These negative trends can cause economic pressure on consumers and businesses and diminish confidence in the financial markets,
which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to access capital. A worsening of
these conditions, such as a recession or economic slowdown, would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market
conditions on us and others in the financial services industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with
these events:
• An increase in the number of customers unable to repay their loans in accordance with the original terms, which could
result in a higher level of loan losses and provision for loan losses;
•
•
•
Impaired ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers as the models and approaches we use to select, manage and
underwrite our customers become less predictive of future performance;
Impaired ability to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure as the process we use to make such estimates
requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments based on forecasts of economic or market conditions that might
impair the ability of our customers to repay their loans, and this estimating process becomes less accurate and thus less
reliable as economic conditions worsen;
Increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to commercial
credit;
•
Impaired ability to access the capital markets or otherwise obtain needed funding on attractive terms or at all;
• Changes in the regulatory environment, including regulations promulgated or to be promulgated under the Dodd-Frank
Act, and changes in accounting standards, could influence recognition of loan losses and our allowance for loan losses,
and could result in earlier recognition of loan losses and decreases in capital;
• Downward pressure on our stock price; and
•
Increased competition due to intensified consolidation of the financial services industry.
26
Changes in interest rates and other factors beyond our control could have an adverse impact on our earnings.
Our operating income and net income depend to a significant extent on our net interest margin, which is the difference between
the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing
deposits and other liabilities. Net interest margin is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets
and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature
or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest
income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest
rates could reduce net interest income. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition,
general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal
Reserve.
We seek to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing, and balances of our
different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but these interest rate risk management techniques are not
capable of eliminating such risks and they may not be as effective as we intend. A rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could
have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operations. The results of our interest rate sensitivity simulation
models depend upon a number of assumptions which may prove to be inaccurate. There can be no assurance that we will be able
to successfully manage our interest rate risk. In addition, increases in market interest rates and/or adverse changes in the local
residential real estate market, the general economy or consumer confidence would likely have a significant adverse impact on our
noninterest income, as a result of reduced demand for residential mortgage loans that we pre-sell.
Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increases the potential for default and
could result in a decrease in the demand for loans. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be
adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may
be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates. In addition, in a low interest rate
environment, loan customers often pursue long-term fixed rate credits, which could adversely affect our earnings and net interest
margin if rates increase. Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in
interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in
nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations
and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which
decreases interest income. At the same time, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense,
without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets
would have an adverse impact on net interest income.
The market value of our investment securities portfolio may be impacted by the level of interest rates and the credit quality
and strength of the underlying collateral.
Our net interest income varies as a result of changes in interest rates as well as changes in interest rates across the yield curve.
When interest rates are low, borrowers have an incentive to refinance into mortgages with longer initial fixed rate periods and
fixed rate mortgages, causing our securities to experience faster prepayments. Increases in prepayments on our portfolio will cause
our premium amortization to accelerate, lowering the yield on such assets. If this happens, we could experience a decrease in
interest income, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial position.
Future changes in interest rates may reduce the market value of our investment securities. In addition, our securities portfolio is
subject to risk as a result of our exposure to the credit quality and strength of the issuers of the securities or the collateral backing
such securities. Any decrease in the value of the underlying collateral will likely decrease the overall value of our securities,
affecting equity and possibly impacting earnings.
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other
financial institutions. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial
services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other
institutions. Such events could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
27
2. Credit Risk
Significant increases of nonperforming assets from the current level, or greater than anticipated costs to resolve these
credits, will have an adverse effect on our earnings.
Our nonperforming assets, which consist of non-accrual loans, assets acquired through foreclosure and troubled debt restructurings
(TDRs) adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans and assets acquired
through foreclosure. We must establish an allowance for loan losses which reserves for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that
are both probable and reasonably estimable. From time to time, we also write down the value of properties in our portfolio of
assets acquired through foreclosure to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the
resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to assets acquired through
foreclosure. The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract
management from daily operations and other income producing activities. Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses
is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance for loan losses accordingly, which will have an adverse effect on our earnings.
Significant increases in the level of our nonperforming assets from the current level, or greater than anticipated costs to resolve
these credits, will have an adverse effect on our earnings.
Our loan portfolio includes a substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial
and industrial loans. The credit risk related to these types of loans is greater than the risk related to residential loans.
Our commercial loan portfolio includes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction and land
development loans. Commercial real estate loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of risk of
nonpayment or late payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Any significant failure to pay or late payments
by our customers would adversely affect our earnings. The increased credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of
several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the larger size of loan balances,
and the potential that adverse changes in general economic conditions can adversely affect income-producing properties. A portion
of our commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loan portfolios includes a balloon
payment feature. A number of factors may affect a borrower’s ability to make or refinance a balloon payment, including the
financial condition of the borrower, the prevailing local economic conditions and the prevailing interest rate environment.
Furthermore, commercial and industrial loans secured by owner-occupied properties are dependent upon the successful operation
of the borrower’s business. If the operating company suffers difficulties, including reduction in sales volume and/or profitability,
the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by properties where repayment is dependent upon payment
of rent by third party tenants or the sale of the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract
new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit.
Concentration of loans in our primary markets may increase our risk.
Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions and housing markets in the state of Delaware, southeastern
Pennsylvania and northern Virginia, as a large portion of our loans are made to customers in these markets. This makes us vulnerable
to a downturn in the local economy and real estate markets in these areas. Declines in real estate valuations in these markets would
lower the value of the collateral securing those loans, which could cause us to realize losses in the event of increased foreclosures.
Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as our ability to originate
new loans. In addition, weakening in general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, natural disasters
or other factors beyond our control could negatively affect demand for loans, the performance of our borrowers and our financial
results.
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loans in our portfolio, including the creditworthiness
of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In
determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we
evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover
probable or incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in unanticipated losses and additions to our allowance for loan losses.
While we believe that our allowance for loan losses was adequate at December 31, 2018, there is no assurance that it will be
sufficient to cover future loan losses, especially if there is a significant deterioration in economic conditions. Material additions
to our allowance could materially decrease our net income.
28
3. Capital and Liquidity Risk
Our inability to grow deposits in the future could materially adversely affect our liquidity and ability to grow our business.
A key part of our future growth strategy is to grow deposits. The market for deposits is highly competitive, with intense competition
in attracting and retaining deposits. We compete on the basis of the rates we pay on deposits, features and benefits of our products,
the quality of our customer service and the competitiveness of our digital banking capabilities. Our ability to originate and maintain
deposits is also highly dependent on the strength of the Bank and the perceptions of customers and others of our business practices
and our financial health. Adverse perceptions regarding our reputation could lead to difficulties in attracting and retaining deposits
accounts. Negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including lending practices,
regulatory compliance, inadequate protection of customer information or sales and marketing activities, and from actions taken
by regulators or others in response to such conduct.
The demand for the deposit products we offer may also be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic patterns,
changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, regulatory actions that decrease customer access
to particular products or the availability of competing products. Competition from other financial services firms and others that
use deposit funding products may affect deposit renewal rates, costs or availability. Changes we make to the rates offered on our
deposit products may affect our profitability and liquidity.
The FDIA prohibits an insured bank from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher
than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless
it is “well capitalized,” or it is “adequately capitalized” and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A bank that is “adequately capitalized”
and accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis
points over certain prevailing market rates. There are no such restrictions under the FDIA on a bank that is “well capitalized” and
at December 31, 2018, the Bank met or exceeded all applicable requirements to be deemed “well capitalized” for purposes of the
FDIA. However, there can be no assurance that the Bank will continue to meet those requirements. Limitations on the Bank’s
ability to accept brokered deposits for any reason (including regulatory limitations on the amount of brokered deposits in total or
as a percentage of total assets) in the future could materially adversely impact our funding costs and liquidity. Any limitation on
the interest rates the Bank can pay on deposits could competitively disadvantage us in attracting and retaining deposits and have
a material adverse effect on our business.
We could experience an unexpected inability to obtain needed liquidity.
Liquidity is essential to our business, as we use cash to fund loans and investments, other interest-earning assets and deposit
withdrawals that occur in the ordinary course of our business. We also are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to
maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Our principal sources of liquidity include customer deposits, FHLB
borrowings, brokered certificates of deposit, sales of loans, repayments to the Bank from borrowers and paydowns and sales of
investment securities. Our ability to obtain funds from these sources could become limited, or our costs to obtain such funds could
increase, due to a variety of factors, including changes in our financial performance or, the imposition of regulatory restrictions
on us, adverse developments in the capital markets, including weakening economic conditions or negative views and expectations
about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole. If our ability to obtain necessary funding is limited or the costs
of such funding increase, our ability to meet our obligations or grow our banking business would be adversely affected and our
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
Restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us could negatively affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends.
We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries, including the Bank. We receive substantially all of our revenue
from dividends from our subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock,
and interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that our
Bank and certain of our nonbank subsidiaries may pay us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s
liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. Limitations on our subsidiaries to pay
dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.
Additionally, if our subsidiaries’ earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital
levels; we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common stockholders.
29
4. Compliance Risk
We are subject to extensive regulation which could have an adverse effect on our operations.
We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost all aspects of our operations.
The laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily to protect depositors, our customers, the public, the FDIC’s
Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, and not our stockholders or holders of our debt. Since July 21, 2011,
the Federal Reserve has been the primary federal regulator for the Company and the OCC has been the Bank’s primary regulator.
The banking laws, regulations and policies applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including certain debt obligations, changes
in control, maintenance of adequate capital, and general business operations, including permissible types, amounts and terms of
loans and investments, the amount of reserves held against deposits, restrictions on dividends, establishment of new offices and
the maximum interest rate that may be charged by law. In addition, federal and state banking regulators have broad authority to
supervise our banking business, including the authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices
or constitute violations of statute, rule, regulation or administrative order. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws,
regulations or regulatory policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation,
all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
We are subject to changes in federal and state banking statutes, regulations and governmental policies, and their interpretation or
implementation. Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions in particular are undergoing continuous review and
frequently change and the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Regulations and laws may be modified at any time,
and new legislation may be enacted that will affect us. Any changes in any federal and state law, as well as regulations and
governmental policies could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business,
results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
Some of the regulatory changes mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have increased our expenses, decreased our revenues and changed
the activities in which we choose to engage. Some of these and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory
rulemaking and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known. We may be forced to invest significant management
attention and resources to make any necessary changes related to the Dodd-Frank Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder,
which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. We cannot predict the specific
impact and long-term effects the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder will have on our financial
performance, the markets in which we operate and the financial industry generally. The Dodd-Frank Act and the Economic Growth
Act impose various requirements on banking organizations with more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets but exempt
those with fewer assets. As of December 31, 2018, we were below the $10 billion threshold, but after the pending acquisition of
Beneficial, which we expect to close on March 1, 2019, we will exceed the threshold. We will lose certain exemptions and become
subject to new requirements. Among other things, we will become subject to limits on interchange fees that we may charge on
debit card transactions, and we will remain subject to the Volcker Rule. Additional compliance costs may adversely affect our
business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
In addition to changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, in July 2013, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the OCC approved final
rules (Final Capital Rules) implementing revised capital rules to reflect the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III
international capital standards. Under the Final Capital Rules, minimum requirements have increased both the quantity and quality
of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of
4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of total capital
to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. The Final Capital Rules also establish a
new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum
capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer was phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets
and increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility
criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the Final Capital Rules. The Final Capital Rules became
applicable to us beginning on January 1, 2015 with conservation buffers phasing in over the subsequent five years.
Certain of our subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as investment advisers and, as such, are subject to regulation, supervision
and enforcement by the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act.
We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes
and regulations.
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other
duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction
reports when appropriate. They also mandate that we are ultimately responsible to ensure our third party vendors adhere to the
same laws and regulations. In addition to other bank regulatory agencies, the Federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of
the Department of the Treasury is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and
has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the state and federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department
of Justice, CFPB, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service.
30
We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the
Department of the Treasury regarding, among other things, the prohibition of transacting business with, and the need to freeze
assets of, certain persons and organizations identified as a threat to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the U.S. If
our policies, procedures and systems or those of our third party vendors are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability,
including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain
regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including any acquisition plans. Any of these results
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending
laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.
The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and
regulations impose community investment and nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The CFPB, the
Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory
challenge to an institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result
in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and
acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the
ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations.
The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for
lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. Its policies
can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal
Reserve policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes
may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The intention of the United Kingdom’s FCA to cease sustaining LIBOR after 2021 could negatively affect the fair value of our
financial assets and liabilities, results of operations and net worth. A transition to an alternative reference interest rate could
present operational problems and result in market disruption, including inconsistent approaches for different financial
products, as well as disagreements with counterparties.
We are not able to predict whether LIBOR will actually cease to be available after 2021, whether SOFR will become the market
benchmark in its place or what impact such a transition may have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The selection of SOFR as the alternative reference rate for these products currently presents certain market concerns, because a
term structure for SOFR has not yet developed, and there is not yet a generally accepted methodology for adjusting SOFR, which
represents an overnight, risk-free rate, so that it will be comparable to LIBOR, which has various tenors and reflects a risk
component. In addition, SOFR may not be a suitable alternative to LIBOR for all of our financial products, and it is uncertain
what other rates might be appropriate for that purpose. It is uncertain whether these other indices will remain acceptable alternatives
for such products, or how long it will take us to develop the systems and processes necessary to purchase adjustable rate mortgages
tied to SOFR or other new indices.
We have various financial products, including mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities, other debt securities and derivatives,
that are tied to LIBOR, and we continue to enter into transactions involving such products that will mature after 2021. Inconsistent
approaches to a transition from LIBOR to an alternative rate among different market participants and for different financial products
may cause market disruption and operational problems, which could adversely affect us, including by exposing us to increased
basis risk and resulting costs in connection, and by creating the possibility of disagreements with counterparties.
If we fail to comply with legal standards, we could incur liability to our clients or lose clients, which could negatively affect
our earnings.
Managing or servicing assets with reasonable prudence in accordance with the terms of governing documents and applicable laws
is important to client satisfaction, which in turn is important to the earnings and growth of our investment businesses. Failure to
comply with these standards, adequately manage these risks or manage the differing interests often involved in the exercise of
fiduciary responsibilities could also result in liability.
31
5. Operational Risk
Impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets could require charges to earnings, which could negatively impact our results
of operations.
Goodwill and other intangible assets arise when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value of its identifiable
assets. We have recognized goodwill as an asset on the balance sheet in connection with several recent acquisitions. We evaluate
goodwill and intangibles for impairment at least annually. Although we have determined that goodwill and other intangible assets
were not impaired during 2018, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline
in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could
result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. Any future write-down of the goodwill or intangible assets could result
in a material charge to earnings.
Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if our Cash Connect® segment’s
established policies, procedures and controls are inadequate to prevent a misappropriation of funds, or if a misappropriation
of funds is not insured or not fully covered through insurance.
The profitability of our Cash Connect® segment depends to a large degree on its ability to accurately and efficiently distribute,
track, and settle large amounts of cash to its customers’ ATMs which, in turn, depends on the successful implementation and
monitoring of a comprehensive series of financial and operational controls that are designed to help prevent, detect, and recover
any potential loss of funds. These controls require the implementation and maintenance of complex proprietary software, the
ability to track and monitor an extensive network of armored car companies, and the ability to settle large amounts of electronic
funds transfers (EFT) from various ATM networks. There is a risk that those associated with armored car companies, ATM networks
and processors, ATM operators, or other parties may misappropriate funds belonging to Cash Connect®. Cash Connect® has
experienced such occurrences in the past. If our Cash Connect® division’s established policies, procedures and controls are
inadequate, or not properly executed to prevent or detect a misappropriation of funds, or if a misappropriation of funds is not
insured or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us, our results of operations or financial condition could be
materially affected.
Our risk management processes and procedures may not be effective in mitigating our risks
We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor and control material risks to which we are
subject, including, for example, credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, strategic risk and operational risk.
We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a framework that includes our risk appetite statement, enterprise risk
assessment process, risk policies, procedures and controls, reporting requirements, credit risk culture and governance structure.
Management of our risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models. If the models that we use
to manage these risks are ineffective at predicting future losses or are otherwise inadequate, we may incur unexpected losses or
otherwise be adversely affected. In addition, the information we use in managing our credit and other risk may be inaccurate or
incomplete as a result of error or fraud, both of which may be difficult to detect and avoid. There may also be risks that exist, or
that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated, including when processes are changed
or new products and services are introduced. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify and control our risks,
we could suffer unexpected losses or be adversely affected, and that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations and financial condition.
System failure or cybersecurity breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation
and other potential losses.
Failures in, or breaches of, our computer systems and network infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service
providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or
proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses. Our operations are dependent upon our ability
to protect our computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic
event. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition
and results of operations. In addition, our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect the computer systems and network
infrastructure utilized by us, including our Internet banking activities, against damage from physical break-ins, cybersecurity
breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the Internet or other users. Cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions would
jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which
may result in significant liability to us and damage to our reputation, and may discourage current and potential customers from
using our Internet banking services. As customer, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security
have increased, we have added additional security measures to our computer systems and network infrastructure to mitigate the
possibility of cybersecurity breaches, including firewalls and penetration testing. We continue to investigate cost effective measures
as well as insurance protection; however, any mitigation activities may not prevent or detect future potential losses from system
failures or cybersecurity breaches.
32
In the normal course of business, we collect, process, and retain sensitive and confidential information regarding our customers.
Although we devote significant resources and management focus to ensuring the integrity of our systems through information
security and business continuity programs, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, are vulnerable
to external or internal security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming or human
errors, or other similar events. We and our third-party service providers have experienced all of these events in the past and expect
to continue to experience them in the future. These events could interrupt our business or operations, result in significant legal
and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and business or a loss of confidence in
the security of our systems, products and services. Although the impact to date from these events has not had a material adverse
effect on us, we cannot be sure this will be the case in the future. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.
Information security risks for financial institutions like us have increased recently in part because of new technologies, the use of
the internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions
and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others. In addition
to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers recently have
engaged in attacks against large financial institutions that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as consumer-facing
web sites. We are not able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types,
especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. We
employ detection and response mechanisms designed to contain and mitigate security incidents, but early detection may be thwarted
by sophisticated attacks and malware designed to avoid detection.
Changes in accounting standards or changes in how the accounting standards are interpreted or applied could materially
impact the Company’s financial statements.
From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting
standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the FASB, SEC, banking regulators and
the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm may also amend or even reverse their previous interpretations or
positions on how various standards should be applied. These changes may be difficult to predict and could impact how we prepare
and report the Company’s financial statements. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard
retroactively, potentially resulting in the Company restating prior period’s financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326). ASU 2016-13 replaces the
incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of
a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates. The new guidance is effective on January 1, 2020, with early
adoption permitted on January 1, 2019. The Company does not plan to early adopt this amendment and will adopt this amendment
on January 1, 2020. This new accounting standard could, at the time of adoption but also during any period of loan growth: result
in a significant increase in the allowance for credit losses; through the increased provision, result in negative adjustment to retained
earnings and, correspondingly, our regulatory capital levels; and enhance volatility in loan loss provision and allowance levels
from quarter to quarter and year to year, especially during times when the economy is in transition.
Our evaluation of acceptable methodologies, accounting policies, and reporting requirements under the amendment are ongoing,
and we are consulting with third-party experts and specialists, where necessary, to assist with implementation. Our implementation
efforts to date suggest that adoption may materially increase the allowance for loan losses and decrease capital levels. However,
the extent of these impacts will depend on the asset quality of the portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, and significant estimates
and judgments made by management at the time of adoption. For more information related to the impacts of ASU 2016-13, see
Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our business may be adversely impacted by litigation and regulatory enforcement, which could expose us to significant liabilities
and/or damage our reputation.
From time to time, we have and may become party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. Our businesses involve the
risk that clients or others may sue us, claiming that we have failed to perform under a contract or otherwise failed to carry out a
duty perceived to be owed to them. Our trust, custody and investment management businesses are particularly subject to this risk.
This risk may be heightened during periods when credit, equity or other financial markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly
volatile, or when clients or investors are experiencing losses. In addition, as a publicly-held company, we are subject to the risk
of claims under the federal securities laws, and volatility in our stock price and those of other financial institutions increases this
risk. Actions brought against us may result in injunctions, settlements, damages, fines or penalties, which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations or require changes to our business. Even if we defend ourselves
successfully, the cost of litigation may be substantial, and public reports regarding claims made against us may cause damage to
our reputation among existing and prospective clients or negatively impact the confidence of counterparties, rating agencies and
stockholders, consequently negatively affecting our earnings.
33
In the ordinary course of our business, we also are subject to various regulatory, governmental and enforcement inquiries,
investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses in which we are involved or may
be specifically directed at us. In enforcement matters, claims for disgorgement, the imposition of civil and criminal penalties and
the imposition of other remedial sanctions are possible.
WSFS Bank provides indenture trustee and loan agency services, including administrative and collateral agent fee-based services
for first lien, second lien, debtor-in-possession and exit facilities, and WSFS Bank professionals work with ad hoc committees,
unsecured creditors’ committees, borrowers and other professionals involved in restructuring and bankruptcy. In this capacity, in
the normal course of business, WSFS Bank may be named as a party in litigation. Although WSFS Bank has no credit or direct
exposure in conjunction with this administrative role, the fact that the Bank’s name appears in the case caption may create the
erroneous impression that WSFS Bank may have financial exposure in such a lawsuit.
Management evaluates these claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimates, if possible,
the amount of potential losses. We may establish a reserve, as appropriate, based upon our assessments and estimates in accordance
with accounting policies. We base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the information available to us at the time and
rely on the judgment of our management with respect to those assessments, estimates and disclosures. Actual outcomes, losses
and related expenses may differ materially from assessments and estimates, and may exceed the amount of any reserves, which
could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.
Errors, breakdowns in controls or other mistakes in the provision of services to clients or in carrying out transactions for our
own account can subject us to liability, result in losses or negatively affect our earnings in other ways.
In our asset servicing, investment management, fiduciary administration and other business activities, we effect or process
transactions for clients and for us that involve very large amounts of money. Failure to properly manage or mitigate operational
risks can have adverse consequences, and increased volatility in the financial markets may increase the magnitude of resulting
losses. Given the high volume of transactions we process, errors that affect earnings may be repeated or compounded before they
are discovered and corrected.
Changes in the value of our deferred tax assets could adversely affect our operating results and regulatory capital ratios.
Our deferred tax assets are subject to an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that they will be realized for financial
statement purposes. In making this determination, we consider all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact
of recent operating results, as well as potential carryback of tax to prior years’ taxable income, changes in statutory tax rates,
reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projected earnings within the statutory tax loss
carryover period. If we conclude in the future that a significant portion of our deferred tax assets are not more likely than not to
be realized, we will record a valuation allowance, which could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and
regulatory capital ratios.
34
6. Strategic Risk
Our business strategy includes significant investment in growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations
could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth and investment in infrastructure effectively.
We are pursuing a significant growth strategy for our business. Our growth initiatives have required us to recruit experienced
personnel to assist in such initiatives. The failure to retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to
successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, as we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur
additional risk related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas
or successfully enter new markets.
A weak economy, low demand and competition for credit may impact our ability to successfully execute our growth plan and
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. While we believe we
have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be
no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.
We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we
expect to engage in selected acquisitions or other business growth initiatives or undertakings. We may not successfully identify
appropriate opportunities, may not be able to negotiate or finance such activities and such activities, if undertaken, may not be
successful.
We have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which may disrupt our business and adversely affect our
operating results, and we may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition.
We have historically pursued acquisitions, and may seek acquisitions in the future. We may not be able to successfully identify
suitable candidates, negotiate appropriate acquisition terms, complete proposed acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired
businesses into the existing operations, or expand into new markets. Once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve levels
of revenues, profitability, or productivity comparable with those achieved by our existing operations, or otherwise perform as
expected.
Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the integration of the operations, technologies, services and products
of the acquired companies, and the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. We may not properly
ascertain all such risks prior to an acquisition or prior to such a risk impacting us while integrating an acquired company. As a
result, difficulties encountered with acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and
results of operations.
Furthermore, we must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire a bank or bank holding company. In
determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect
of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, future prospects, including current and projected capital levels, the
competence, experience, and integrity of management, compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the
communities to be served, including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act,
and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. In addition, we cannot be certain when
or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. Consequently, we may not obtain
regulatory approval for a proposed acquisition on acceptable terms or at all, in which case we would not be able to complete the
acquisition despite the time and expenses invested in pursuing it.
Failure of the Beneficial Merger to be completed, the termination of the Merger Agreement or a significant delay in the
consummation of the Merger could negatively impact the Company and Beneficial.
Although we expect to close the Merger on March 1, 2019, the Merger Agreement is subject to a number of conditions which
must be fulfilled in order to complete the Merger. These conditions to the consummation of the Merger may not be fulfilled and,
accordingly, the Merger may not be completed. In addition, if the Merger is not completed by August 7, 2019, either the Company
or Beneficial may choose to terminate the Merger Agreement at any time after that date if the failure to consummate the transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement is not caused by any breach of the Merger Agreement by the party electing to terminate
the Merger Agreement.
If the Merger is not consummated, the ongoing business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company may be
materially adversely affected and the market price of our common stock may decline significantly, particularly to the extent that
the current market price reflects a market assumption that the Merger will be consummated. If the consummation of the Merger
is delayed, including by the receipt of a competing acquisition proposal, our business, financial condition and results of operations
may be materially adversely affected.
35
In addition, we have incurred and will incur substantial expenses in connection with the negotiation and completion of the
transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. If the Merger is not completed, we would have to recognize these expenses
without realizing the expected benefits of the Merger. Any of the foregoing, or other risks arising in connection with the failure
of or delay in consummating the Merger, including the diversion of management attention from pursuing other opportunities and
the constraints in the Merger Agreement on the ability to make significant changes to our ongoing business during the pendency
of the Merger, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, our business may have been adversely impacted by the failure to pursue other beneficial opportunities due to the
focus of management on the Merger, without realizing any of the anticipated benefits of completing the Merger, and the market
price of our common stock might decline to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the Merger
will be completed. If the Merger Agreement is terminated and we seek another Merger or business combination, you cannot be
certain that we will be able to find a party willing to engage in a transaction on more attractive terms than the Merger.
WSFS and WSFS Bank will grow to over $10 billion in total consolidated assets as a result of the Mergers, which will lead
to increased regulation.
Upon consummation of the Mergers, which are expected to close on March 1, 2019, and as of June 30, 2018 on a pro forma basis
giving effect to the Mergers, WSFS and WSFS Bank will each have approximately $12.8 billion in total consolidated assets. WSFS
will accordingly become subject to certain regulations that apply only to depository institution holding companies or depository
institutions with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets.
Debit card interchange fee restrictions set forth in section 1075 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the Durbin Amendment, as
implemented by regulations of the Federal Reserve, cap the maximum debit interchange fee that an issuer may receive per transaction
at the sum of 21 cents plus five basis points. An issuer that adopts certain fraud prevention procedures may charge an additional
one cent per transaction. Debit card issuers with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, currently including WSFS Bank
and Beneficial Bank, are exempt from these interchange fee restrictions. The exemption for small issuers ceases to apply as of
July 1st of the year following the calendar year in which the issuer has total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more at year-
end. As a result, if the Bank Merger of WSFS Bank and Beneficial Bank is consummated in 2019, WSFS Bank will become subject
to the interchange restrictions of the Durbin Amendment beginning July 1, 2020. WSFS is evaluating and monitoring the financial
impact of becoming subject to the Durbin Amendment.
Additionally, an insured depository institution with $10 billion or more in total assets is subject to supervision, examination, and
enforcement with respect to consumer protection laws by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau or CFPB. Under its current
policies, the CFPB will assert jurisdiction in the first quarter after the call reports of merging insured depository institutions, on
a combined basis, show total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more for four consecutive quarters, including quarters ended
prior to the Mergers. As a result, we expect that WSFS Bank to become subject to CFPB supervision, examination, and enforcement
at the beginning of the quarter following consummation of the Mergers.
Other regulatory requirements apply, and have previously applied, to insured depository institution holding companies and insured
depository institutions with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets. In addition, Congress and/or regulatory agencies may
impose new requirements or surcharges on such institutions in the future. The Economic Growth Act, includes provisions that, as
they are implemented, relieve banking organizations with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets (and that satisfy certain
other conditions) from risk-based capital requirements, restrictions on proprietary trading and investment and sponsorship in hedge
funds and private equity funds known as the Volcker Rule, and certain other regulatory requirements. By exceeding $10 billion
in total consolidated assets, WSFS and WSFS Bank will not qualify for any of this relief, subjecting us to additional restrictions
on our business activities.
There is no assurance that the benefits of the Mergers will outweigh the regulatory costs resulting from WSFS and WSFS Bank
growing to more than $10.0 billion in total consolidated assets.
36
Combining the two companies may be more difficult, costly or time consuming than expected and the anticipated benefits
and cost savings of the Merger may not be fully realized.
The success of the Merger will depend on, among other things, the combined company’s ability to combine the businesses of the
Company and Beneficial. If the combined company is not able to successfully achieve this objective, the anticipated benefits of
the Merger may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.
The Company and Beneficial have operated and, until the completion of the Merger, will continue to operate, independently. The
success of the Merger, including anticipated benefits and cost savings, will depend, in part, on the successful combination of the
businesses of the Company and Beneficial. To realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings, after the completion of the
Merger, the Company expects to integrate Beneficial’s business into its own. It is possible that the integration process could result
in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls,
procedures and policies that adversely affect the combined company’s ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers,
depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Merger. The loss of key employees could
have an adverse effect on the companies’ financial results and the value of their common stock. If the Company experiences
difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the Merger may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take
longer to realize than expected. As with any Merger of financial institutions, there also may be business disruptions that cause
Beneficial or the Company to lose current customers or cause current customers to remove their accounts from Beneficial or the
Company and move their business to competing financial institutions. Integration efforts between the two companies will also
divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on each of Beneficial and the
Company during this transition period and for an undetermined period after consummation of the Merger.
The combined company expects to incur substantial expenses related to the Merger.
The combined company expects to incur substantial expenses in connection with consummation of the Merger and combining the
business, operations, networks, systems, technologies, policies and procedures of the two companies. Although the Company and
Beneficial have assumed that a certain level of transaction and combination expenses would be incurred, there are a number of
factors beyond their control that could affect the total amount or the timing of their combination expenses. Many of the expenses
that will be incurred, by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately at the present time. Due to these factors, the transaction
and combination expenses associated with the Merger could, particularly in the near term, exceed the savings that the combined
company expects to achieve from the elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings
related to the combination of the businesses following the consummation of the Merger. As a result of these expenses, both the
Company and Beneficial expect to take charges against their earnings before and after the completion of the Merger. The charges
taken in connection with the Merger are expected to be significant, although the aggregate amount and timing of such charges are
uncertain at present.
We originate, sell, service and invest in reverse mortgages, which subjects us to additional risks that could have a material
adverse effect on our business, reputation, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
We originate, sell, service and invest in reverse mortgages. The reverse mortgage business is subject to substantial risks, including
market, credit, interest rate, liquidity, operational, reputation and legal risks. Generally, a reverse mortgage is a loan available to
seniors aged 62 or older that allows homeowners to borrow money against the value of their home. No repayment of the mortgage
is required until the borrower dies, moves out of the home or the home is sold. A decline in the demand for reverse mortgages
may reduce the number of reverse mortgages we originate, and adversely affect our ability to sell reverse mortgages in the secondary
market. Although foreclosures involving reverse mortgages generally occur less frequently than forward mortgages, loan defaults
on reverse mortgages leading to foreclosures may occur if borrowers fail to maintain their property or fail to pay taxes or home
insurance premiums. A general increase in foreclosure rates may adversely impact how reverse mortgages are perceived by potential
customers and thus reduce demand for reverse mortgages. Finally, we could become subject to negative headline risk in the event
that loan defaults on reverse mortgages lead to foreclosures or evictions of elderly homeowners. All of the above factors could
have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
Key employees may be difficult to attract and retain.
Our Associates are our most important resource and, in many areas of the financial services industry, competition for qualified
personnel is intense. We invest significantly in recruitment, training, development and talent management as our Associates are
the cornerstone of our model. If we were unable to continue to attract and retain qualified key employees to support the various
functions of our businesses, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. As
economic conditions improve, we may face increased difficulty in retaining top performers and critical skilled employees. If key
personnel were to leave us and equally knowledgeable or skilled personnel are unavailable within the Company or could not be
sourced in the market, our ability to manage our business may be hindered or impaired.
37
Table of Contents
7. Reputation Risk
Damage to our reputation could significantly harm our businesses.
Our ability to attract and retain customers, clients, investors, and highly-skilled management and employees is affected by our
reputation. Public perception of the financial services industry has declined as a result of the recent economic downturn and related
government response. We face increased public and regulatory scrutiny resulting from the financial crisis and economic downturn.
Significant harm to our reputation can also arise from other sources, including employee misconduct, actual or perceived unethical
behavior, litigation or regulatory outcomes, failing to deliver minimum or required standards of service and quality, compliance
failures, disclosure of confidential information, significant or numerous failures, interruptions or breaches of our information
systems, and the activities of our clients, customers and counterparties, including vendors. Actions by the financial services industry
generally or by certain members or individuals in the industry may have a significant adverse effect on our reputation. We could
also suffer significant harm to our reputation if we fail to properly identify and manage potential conflicts of interest. Management
of potential conflicts of interests has become increasingly complex as we expand our business activities through more numerous
transactions, obligations and interests with and among our clients. The actual or perceived failure to adequately address conflicts
of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, which could adversely affect our businesses.
Our Wealth Management segment is subject to a number of risks, including reputation risk.
Our Wealth Management segment derives the majority of its revenue from noninterest income which consists of trust, investment
and other servicing fees. Success in this business segment is highly dependent on reputation. Our ability to attract trust and wealth
management clients is highly dependent upon external perceptions of this segment’s level of service, trustworthiness, business
practices and financial condition. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could damage the division’s and our
reputation among existing customers and corporate clients, which could make it difficult for the Wealth Management segment to
attract new clients and maintain existing ones. Adverse developments with respect to the financial services industry may also, by
association, negatively impact the segment’s or our reputation, or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny or litigation
against us. Although we monitor developments for areas of potential risk to the division’s and our reputation and brand, negative
perceptions or publicity could materially and adversely impact both revenue and net income.
8. Model Risk
The quantitative models we use to manage certain accounting and risk management functions may not be effective, which
may cause material adverse effects on our results of operations and financial condition.
We use quantitative models to help manage certain aspects of our business and to assist with certain business decisions, including
estimating probable loan losses, measuring the fair value of financial instruments when reliable market prices are unavailable and
estimating the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our modeling methodologies rely on many assumptions, historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect,
particularly in times of market distress, and the historical correlations on which we rely may no longer be relevant. Additionally,
as businesses and markets evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect this evolution. Even if the underlying assumptions
and historical correlations used in our models are adequate, our models may be deficient due to errors in computer code, bad data,
misuse of data, or the use of a model for a purpose outside the scope of the model’s design.
As a result, our models may not capture or fully express the risks we face, may suggest that we have sufficient capitalization when
we do not, or may lead us to misjudge the business and economic environment in which we will operate. If our models fail to
produce reliable results on an ongoing basis, we may not make appropriate risk management or other business or financial decisions.
Furthermore, strategies that we employ to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective or
fully reliable, and as a result, we may realize losses or other lapses.
Banking regulators continue to focus on the models used by banks and bank holding companies in their businesses. The failure
or inadequacy of a model may result in increased regulatory scrutiny on us or may result in an enforcement action or
proceeding against us by one of our regulators.
38
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located at 500 Delaware Ave., Wilmington, Delaware where we lease 78,432 square feet of space. At
December 31, 2018, we conducted our business through 58 full-service branches located in Delaware and southeastern
Pennsylvania. Seven of our branches were owned while all other facilities were leased.
In addition to our branch network, we lease office space for four loan production offices located in Delaware, southeastern
Pennsylvania and Virginia and we lease fourteen other facilities in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and Nevada to house
operational activities, Cash Connect® and our Wealth Management businesses. At December 31, 2018, our premises and equipment
had a net book value of $45.0 million. All of these properties are generally in good condition and are appropriate for their intended
use.
While these facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, available space is limited and additional facilities may be required
to support future expansion.
For additional detail regarding our properties and equipment, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
For information regarding legal proceedings, see Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
39
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Our common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “WSFS.” At February 21, 2019, we had
921 registered common stockholders of record.
The closing market price of our common stock at February 21, 2019 was $43.80.
Dividends
For a discussion of dividend restrictions on our common Stock, or of dividends from the Company's subsidiaries to the Company,
see “Item 1. Business - Regulation - Regulation of the Company - Dividends” and “Item 1. Business - Regulation - Regulation of
WSFS Bank - Dividends Restrictions.”
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Shown below is information as of December 31, 2018 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the
Registrant are authorized for issuance.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
(a)
(b)
(c)
Number of Securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
Weighted-Average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
TOTAL
790,744
N/A
790,744
$
$
22.48
N/A
22.48
1,483,392
N/A
1,483,392
(1)
Plans approved by stockholders include the 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, the 2013 Incentive Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan.
Share Repurchases:
During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program of up to 5% (1,492,661 shares)
of total outstanding shares of common stock. Under the program, purchases may be made from time to time in the open market
or through negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable securities
laws.
As shown in the table on the following page, we repurchased 524,742 shares of common stock at an average price of $43.19 per
share during the fourth quarter of 2018, substantially completing our previous 5% repurchase program approved by the Board of
Directors.
The Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program in the fourth quarter of 2018 that will enable us to repurchase
shares worth up to $15.4 million in 2019 after the completion of our pending Merger with Beneficial, which we expect to close
on March 1, 2019. The program is consistent with our intent to return a minimum of 25% of annual net income to stockholders
through dividends and share repurchases while maintaining capital ratios in excess of “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks.
The following table provides information regarding our purchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of 2018.
2018
October
November
December
Total
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average Price
Paid Per
Share
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Programs
Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Programs
499,742
$
25,000
—
524,742
40
43.20
42.95
—
43.19
499,742
25,000
—
524,742
32,452
7,452
7,452
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph and table which follow show the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total return on our common Stock over
the last five years compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index
over the same period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P. Cumulative total return on our common Stock or the indices equals the
total increase in value since December 31, 2013, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the common Stock or the index,
respectively. The graph and table were prepared assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2013 in our common Stock and
in each of the indices. There can be no assurance that our future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical
stock performance shown in the graph below. We neither make nor endorse any predictions as to stock performance.
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
WSFS Financial Corporation
Dow Jones Total Market Index
Nasdaq Bank Index
$
$
100
100
100
$
100
112
105
$
127
113
114
$
183
127
158
$
191
154
166
152
146
139
December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2018
Cumulative Total Return
41
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following sets forth certain of our financial and statistical information for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016,
2015 and 2014. This data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, “Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and branch data)
At December 31,
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Total assets
Net loans (1) (6)
Investment securities (2)
Other investments (3)
Total deposits
Borrowings (4)
Trust preferred borrowings
Senior debt
Stockholders’ equity
Number of full-service branches
For the Year Ended December 31,
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Noninterest expenses
Provision for loan losses
Provision for income taxes
Net Income
Earnings per share allocable to common stockholders:
Basic
Diluted
Interest rate spread
Net interest margin
Efficiency ratio
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (5)
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Return on tangible common equity (7)
Average equity to average assets
Tangible equity to tangible assets (7)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (7)
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total gross loans
Ratio of allowances for loan losses to nonaccruing
loans
Ratio of charge-offs to average gross loans
$ 7,248,870
$ 6,999,540
$ 6,765,270
$ 5,584,719
$ 4,851,749
4,889,237
1,355,029
57,662
5,640,431
534,389
67,011
98,388
820,920
58
4,807,373
4,499,157
3,795,141
3,214,457
998,685
52,863
5,247,604
772,624
67,011
98,171
724,345
58
958,266
48,887
4,738,438
1,048,386
67,011
152,050
687,336
60
886,891
34,798
866,292
23,412
4,016,566
3,649,235
812,200
67,011
53,757
580,471
51
545,764
67,011
53,429
489,051
43
$
292,973
$
254,726
$
216,578
$
182,576
$
160,337
$
$
$
$
$
$
46,499
246,474
162,541
225,047
13,170
36,055
134,743
4.27
4.19
3.87%
4.09
54.84
39.61
1.92
17.63
23.72
10.90
8.99
8.99
0.66
0.81
132
0.29
$
$
$
33,455
221,271
124,644
226,461
10,964
58,246
50,244
1.60
1.56
3.81%
3.95
64.91
35.72
0.74
6.92
9.74
10.64
7.87
7.87
0.84
0.84
111
0.22
$
$
$
22,833
193,745
105,061
188,666
12,986
33,074
64,080
2.12
2.06
3.79%
3.88
62.52
34.81
1.06
10.03
12.85
10.57
7.55
7.55
0.60
0.89
174
0.25
$
$
$
15,776
166,800
90,256
165,460
7,790
30,273
53,533
1.88
1.85
3.79%
3.87
57.79
31.53
1.05
10.24
11.92
10.31
8.84
8.84
0.71
0.98
175
0.29
15,830
144,507
80,168
148,535
3,580
18,803
53,757
1.98
1.93
3.62%
3.68
66.11
35.68
1.17
12.21
13.80
10.33
9.00
9.00
1.08
1.23
164
0.18
Includes loans held for sale and reverse mortgages.
Includes securities available for sale and held to maturity.
Includes equity investments as well as interest bearing deposits in other banks and FHLB stock.
Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds.
Computed on a fully tax-equivalent basis.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6) Net of unearned income.
(7)
Ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in Item 6.”
42
Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in Item 6
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. To supplement our financial information presented in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, we provide the following non-GAAP financial measures: return on tangible common equity, the
tangible equity to tangible assets ratio and the tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio. We believe these measures provide
investors with a better understanding of the Company’s performance when analyzing changes in our underlying business between
reporting periods and provide for greater transparency with respect to supplemental information used by management in its financial
and operational decision making. We believe the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures, when used in conjunction
with GAAP financial measures, is a useful financial analysis tool that can assist investors in assessing the Company’s operating
performance and underlying prospects. This analysis should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our
results as reported under GAAP.
(Dollars in thousands, except ratio data)
At December 31,
Period End Tangible Assets
Period end assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tangible assets
Period End Tangible Common Equity
Period end Stockholder’s equity
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tangible common equity
Tangible common equity to tangible assets
Period End Tangible Equity
Period end Stockholder’s equity
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tangible equity
Tangible equity to tangible assets
Period End Tangible Income
GAAP net income
Tax effected amortization of intangible assets
Net tangible income
Average Tangible Common Equity
Average stockholder’s equity
Average goodwill and intangible assets
Average tangible common equity
Return on tangible common equity
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
7,248,870
(186,023)
7,062,847
820,920
(186,023)
634,897
8.99%
820,920
(186,023)
634,897
8.99%
134,743
2,164
136,907
764,489
(187,297)
577,192
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,999,540
(188,444)
6,811,096
724,345
(188,444)
535,901
7.87%
724,345
(188,444)
535,901
7.87%
50,244
1,954
52,198
725,763
(189,784)
535,979
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,765,270
(191,247)
6,574,023
687,336
(191,247)
496,089
7.55%
687,336
(191,247)
496,089
7.55%
64,080
1,621
65,701
638,624
(127,168)
511,456
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
5,584,719
(95,295)
5,489,424
580,471
(95,295)
485,176
8.84%
580,471
(95,295)
485,176
8.84%
53,533
1,201
54,734
522,925
(63,887)
459,038
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
4,851,749
(57,594)
4,794,155
489,051
(57,594)
431,457
9.00%
489,051
(57,594)
431,457
9.00%
53,757
820
54,577
440,273
(44,828)
395,445
23.72%
9.74%
12.85%
11.92%
13.80%
43
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
WSFS Financial Corporation (the Company or WSFS) is a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Wilmington,
Delaware. Substantially all of our assets are held by the Company’s subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (WSFS
Bank of the Bank), one of the ten oldest bank and trust companies continuously operating under the same name in the U.S. At
$7.2 billion in assets and $19.0 billion in assets under management (AUM) and administration as of December 31, 2018, WSFS
Bank is also the largest locally-managed bank and trust company headquartered in Delaware and the Delaware Valley. As a federal
savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state mutual savings bank, the Bank enjoys broader fiduciary powers than most
other financial institutions. A fixture in the community, the Bank has been in operation for more than 185 years. In addition to its
focus on stellar customer experiences, WSFS Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community. We are a
relationship-focused, locally-managed banking institution. We state our mission simply: “We Stand for Service.” Our strategy of
“Engaged Associates, living our culture, making a better life for all we serve” focuses on exceeding customer expectations,
delivering stellar experiences and building customer advocacy through highly-trained, relationship-oriented, friendly,
knowledgeable and empowered Associates.
Our core banking business is commercial lending primarily funded by customer-generated deposits, which primarily generates
net interest income. We have built a $4.0 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in
our markets and offering the high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business
primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits. As of December 31, 2018, we service our
customers primarily from our 76 offices located in Delaware (45), Pennsylvania (29), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1) and through
our website at www.wsfsbank.com. We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance
brokerage services through our retail branches and mortgage and title services through those branches and through Pennsylvania-
based WSFS Mortgage. WSFS Mortgage is a mortgage banking company and abstract and title company specializing in a variety
of residential mortgage and refinancing solutions.
On August 7, 2018, WSFS and Beneficial Bancorp, Inc. (Beneficial) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, (as
amended from time to time, the Merger Agreement) pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger
Agreement, among other things, (i) Beneficial will merge with and into WSFS, with WSFS continuing as the surviving corporation
(the Merger) and (ii) simultaneously, Beneficial Bank will merge with and into WSFS Bank, with WSFS Bank continuing as the
surviving bank (the Bank Merger and, together with the Merger, the Mergers). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger
Agreement, stockholders of Beneficial will receive 0.3013 shares of WSFS common stock and $2.93 in cash for each share of
Beneficial common stock. Our stockholders approved the Mergers at a special meeting held on December 12, 2018, and Beneficial's
stockholders approved the Mergers at a special meeting held on December 6, 2018. The Mergers, which are subject to customary
closing conditions, are expected to close on March 1, 2019.
Our Cash Connect® segment is a premier provider of ATM vault cash, smart safe and other cash logistics services in the U.S. Cash
Connect® manages over $1.0 billion in total cash and services 24,300 non-bank ATMs and approximately 2,300 smart safes
nationwide. Cash Connect® provides related services such as online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering,
armored carrier management, ATM processing equipment sales and deposit safe cash logistics. Cash Connect® also operates 441
ATMs for the Bank, which has the largest branded ATM network in our market.
As a provider of ATM Vault Cash to the U.S. ATM industry, Cash Connect® is exposed to substantial operational risk, including
theft of cash from ATMs, armored vehicles, or armored carrier terminals, as well as general risk of accounting errors or fraud.
This risk is managed through a series of financial controls, automated tracking and settlement systems, contracts, and other risk
mitigation strategies, including both loss prevention and loss recovery strategies. Throughout its 18-year history, Cash Connect®
periodically has been exposed to theft from armored courier companies and consistently has been able to recover losses through
its risk management strategies, although there can be no guarantees that we will be able to recover future losses.
44
Our Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of planning and advisory services, investment management, trust services,
and credit and deposit products to individual, corporate, and institutional clients through multiple integrated businesses. Combined,
these businesses had $19.0 billion of assets under management (AUM) and assets under administration (AUA) at December 31,
2018. WSFS Wealth Investments provides financial advisory services along with insurance and brokerage products. Cypress, a
registered investment adviser, is a fee-only wealth management firm managing a “balanced” investment style portfolio focused
on preservation of capital and generating current income. West Capital, a registered investment adviser, is a fee-only wealth
management firm operating under a multi-family office philosophy to provide customized solutions to institutions and high-net-
worth individuals. The trust division of WSFS Bank (doing business as WSFS Institutional Services) provides personal trust and
fiduciary services, as well as, trustee, agency, bankruptcy administration, custodial and commercial domicile services to corporate
and institutional clients. Powdermill is a multi-family office specializing in providing independent solutions to high-net-worth
individuals, families and corporate executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. WSFS Wealth Client Management
serves high-net-worth clients by delivering credit and deposit products and partnering with other wealth management units to
provide comprehensive solutions to clients.
As a provider of trust services to our clients, we are exposed to operational, reputation-related, and legal risks due to the inherent
complexity of the trust business. To mitigate these risks, we rely on the hiring, development, and retention of experienced Associates,
financial controls, managerial oversight, and other risk management practices. Also, from time to time our trust business may give
rise to disputes with clients and we may be exposed to litigation which could result in significant costs. The ultimate outcome of
any litigation is uncertain.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
2018 compared with 2017
We recorded net income of $134.7 million, or $4.19 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase
of $84.5 million compared to $50.2 million, or $1.56 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Results
in 2018 included a partial recovery related to a legal settlement of $7.9 million and corporate development costs of $6.5 million
related to our pending acquisition of Beneficial, compared to $0.9 million of similar costs in 2017. Results for 2017 were impacted
by the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Reform Act) in December 2017, which required us to re-measure our deferred
tax asset, resulting in a tax charge of $14.5 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, and related to this tax
change, we decided to surrender all of our bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies in 2018, resulting in an additional tax charge
of $8.0 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2017, and we also contributed $1.5 million (pre-tax) to the WSFS Foundation
in the same quarter. Further, during the first quarter of 2018, we agreed to the settlement of a legal claim, which resulted in legal
expense of $12.0 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017.
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $246.5 million, an increase of $25.2 million compared to 2017.
Our provision for loan losses increased $2.2 million in 2018, primarily due to loan portfolio growth and the deterioration of three
large relationships, which more than offset the generally favorable portfolio migration in 2018. Noninterest, or fee income, increased
$37.9 million primarily due to unrealized and realized gains on our investment in Visa Class B shares, as well as growth in credit/
debit card and ATM income and higher investment management and fiduciary revenue. Finally, operating expenses decreased $1.4
million in 2018, primarily reflecting insurance recoveries related to a settlement of a legal claim and fraud loss in 2017, partially
offset by higher employee-related and ongoing operating costs to support our growth. See the Net Interest Income, Provision for
Loan Losses, Noninterest (Fee) Income, and Noninterest Expense sections below for further information.
2017 compared with 2016
We recorded net income of $50.2 million, or $1.56 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease
of $13.8 million compared to $64.1 million, or $2.06 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2016. As
described above, results for 2017 were impacted by the enactment of the Tax Reform Act in December 2017 and the related
surrender of all of our BOLI policies in 2018, our contribution to the WSFS Foundation, and the settlement of a legal claim. In
2017. we had corporate development costs of $0.9 million compared to $8.5 million of similar costs in 2016.
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $221.3 million, an increase of $27.5 million compared to 2016.
Our provision for loan losses decreased $2.0 million in 2017, primarily due to improving economic conditions resulting in lower
required reserves and net charge-offs compared to 2016. Noninterest, or fee income, increased $19.6 million primarily due to
increased investment management and fiduciary revenue and growth in credit/debit card and ATM income. Finally, operating
expenses increased $37.8 million in 2017, primarily reflecting higher employee-related and ongoing operating costs to support
our organic and late 2016 acquisition growth, as well as the settlement of a legal claim. See the Net Interest Income, Provision for
Loan Losses, Noninterest (Fee) Income, and Noninterest Expense sections below for further information.
45
Net Interest Income
2018 compared with 2017: Net interest income increased $25.2 million, or 11%, to $246.5 million in 2018, and net interest margin
increased to 4.09% in 2018 compared to 3.95% in 2017. The increases in net interest income and margin were primarily due to
good positioning in the higher short-term interest rate environment, disciplined pricing, and effective balance sheet management.
2017 compared with 2016: Net interest income increased $27.5 million, or 14%, to $221.3 million in 2017 while net interest
margin increased slightly to 3.95% in 2017 compared to 3.88% in 2016. The increase in net interest income was due to both organic
and acquisition-related loan growth, mostly in our commercial real estate loan portfolios.
The following table provides certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the volumes
of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates for the periods indicated. For each category of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on the changes that are attributable to: (i) changes
in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate); (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume
on each category); and (iii) net change (the sum of the change in volume and the change in rate). Changes due to the combination
of rate and volume changes (changes in volume multiplied by changes in rate) are allocated proportionately between changes in
rate and changes in volume.
Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Income:
2018 vs. 2017
2017 vs. 2016
Volume
Yield/Rate
Net
Volume
Yield/Rate
Net
Commercial real estate loans
$
1,015
$
5,456
$
6,471
$
8,796
$
1,147
$
Residential real estate loans
Commercial loans (1)
Consumer loans
Loans held for sale
Mortgage-backed securities
Investment securities (2)
FHLB Stock and deposits in other banks
(2,246)
6,007
6,420
(290)
4,196
(154)
419
477
11,836
2,390
294
2,561
(116)
(18)
(1,769)
17,843
8,810
4
6,757
(270)
401
(898)
15,326
5,067
(746)
1,346
(820)
156
Favorable (unfavorable)
15,367
22,880
38,247
28,227
Interest expense:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Customer time deposits
Brokered certificates of deposits
FHLB advances
Trust preferred borrowings
Senior debt
Other borrowed funds
(Favorable) unfavorable
Net change, as reported
127
616
(36)
902
1,006
(4,210)
—
(1,782)
(20)
(3,397)
2,182
4,548
52
2,871
1,896
4,342
633
(729)
646
16,441
2,309
5,164
16
3,773
2,902
132
633
(2,511)
626
13,044
174
505
134
41
231
(124)
—
1,407
(324)
2,044
$
18,764
$
6,439
$
25,203
$
26,183
$
1,343
$
(157)
4,520
1,318
430
2,207
596
(140)
9,921
916
841
229
1,463
949
3,680
506
(536)
530
8,578
9,943
(1,055)
19,846
6,385
(316)
3,553
(224)
16
38,148
1,090
1,346
363
1,504
1,180
3,556
506
871
206
10,622
27,526
(1)
(2)
Includes a tax-equivalent income adjustment related to commercial loans.
Includes a tax-equivalent income adjustment related to municipal bonds.
46
2018 compared with 2017: Interest income attributable to volume from commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and
consumer loans increased in 2018 when compared to 2017, reflecting organic portfolio growth. Interest income attributable to
volume from residential real estate loans decreased due to our continued strategy of selling these loans in the secondary market.
Interest income on mortgage-backed securities attributable to volume increased due to growth in the portfolio in 2018 as we
redeployed the cash received on our BOLI surrender. Interest income attributable to yield from commercial loans, commercial
real estate loans, residential real estate loans, consumer loans, mortgage-backed securities, increased due to the rising rate
environment in 2018.
Interest expense attributable to volume for FHLB advances decreased due to lower borrowing levels, while interest expense related
to yield increased due to higher borrowing rates in 2018. Interest expense related to senior debt attributable to volume and rate
decreased in 2018 compared with 2017, due to the redemption of $55 million of the 2012 senior notes during the third quarter of
2017, which paid a higher rate of interest than the 2016 senior notes. The increase in interest expense attributable to yield on
interest bearing demand deposits, money market and customer time deposits reflect the higher interest rate environment. Interest
income attributable to yield from commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, consumer loans,
mortgage-backed securities, increased due to the rising rate environment in 2018.
2017 compared with 2016: Interest income attributable to volume for commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and
consumer loans increased in 2017 when compared to 2016, reflecting continued portfolio growth. Interest income on these portfolios
increased due to the Federal Reserve's rate increases during the year. Interest income on mortgage-backed securities attributable
to volume and yield increased due to portfolio growth and the higher interest rate environment in 2017. Interest expense related
to FHLB advances was attributable to Federal Reserve of Philadelphia (FRB) rate increases. Interest expense related to senior
debt was attributable to the redemption of $55 million of the 2012 senior notes during the third quarter of 2017, which paid a
higher rate of interest than the 2016 senior notes. The increase in interest expense attributable to yield on interest bearing demand
deposits, money market and customer time deposits reflects the higher interest rate environment.
47
The following table provides information regarding the average balances of, and yields/rates on, interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing liabilities during the periods indicated:
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Average
Balance
Interest &
Dividends
Yield/
Rate (1)
Average
Balance
Interest &
Dividends
Yield/
Rate (1)
Average
Balance
Interest &
Dividends
Yield/
Rate (1)
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
(2)
Loans:
Commercial real estate loans
$ 1,446,161
$
78,117
5.40% $ 1,426,075
$
71,646
5.02% $ 1,255,119
$
61,705
4.92%
Residential real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer loans
Loans held for sale
Total loans
Mortgage-backed securities
(3)
Investment securities
(3)
Other interest-earning assets
234,628
2,569,319
622,062
22,699
4,894,869
955,086
156,083
46,107
14,595
133,784
32,835
1,175
260,506
26,065
4,378
2,024
Total interest-earning assets
6,052,145
292,973
6.22
5.22
5.28
5.18
5.32
2.73
3.40
4.39
4.86
270,957
16,364
6.04%
281,624
2,449,194
115,941
4.76% 2,125,810
497,523
28,679
24,025
1,171
4.83%
3.52%
398,226
40,597
4,672,428
229,147
4.92% 4,076,900
794,387
181,322
36,587
19,308
4,648
1,623
2.43%
3.80%
4.44%
734,631
202,722
33,744
17,474
96,098
17,640
1,428
189,198
15,754
4,872
1,607
5,684,724
254,726
4.53% 5,072,473
216,578
4.79
4.55
4.43
3.52
4.66
2.14
3.51
4.76
4.33
Allowance for loan losses
Cash and due from banks
Cash in non-owned ATMs
Bank owned life insurance
Other noninterest-earning assets
(41,874)
109,324
521,785
26,192
346,875
(40,600)
131,956
597,483
102,161
344,747
(38,422)
110,318
554,698
95,228
248,529
Total assets
$ 7,014,447
$ 6,820,471
$ 6,042,824
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing demand
$ 1,000,341
$
Money market
Savings
Customer time deposits
Total interest-bearing customer
deposits
Brokered deposits
1,474,339
551,975
667,203
3,693,858
284,023
Total interest-bearing deposits
3,977,881
FHLB advances
Trust preferred borrowings
Senior debt
Other borrowed funds
(4)
426,755
67,011
98,275
128,639
4,523
9,854
1,030
8,591
23,998
5,070
29,068
8,395
2,573
4,717
1,746
Total interest-bearing liabilities
4,698,561
46,499
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
1,466,044
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
85,353
764,489
Total liabilities and stockholders’
equity
$ 7,014,447
Excess of interest-earning assets over
interest-bearing liabilities
$ 1,353,584
Net interest income
Interest rate spread
Net interest margin
1,136
3,343
653
3,301
8,433
988
9,421
4,707
1,622
6,356
727
22,833
2,214
4,690
1,015
4,818
12,737
2,167
14,904
8,263
1,940
7,228
1,120
33,455
0.45% $
947,914
$
0.67
0.19
1.29
0.65
1.79
0.73
1.97
3.84
4.80
1.36
0.99
1,320,470
570,219
571,176
3,409,779
206,668
3,616,447
716,962
67,011
134,136
130,951
4,665,507
1,352,322
76,879
725,763
$ 6,820,471
$ 1,019,217
0.23% $ 834,703
$
0.36
0.18
0.84
0.37
1.05
0.41
1.15
2.90
5.39
0.86
0.72
1,159,299
481,197
567,657
3,042,856
172,038
3,214,894
735,975
67,011
108,577
133,486
4,259,943
1,087,502
56,755
638,624
$ 6,042,824
$ 812,530
0.14%
0.29
0.14
0.58
0.28
0.57
0.29
0.64
2.42
5.85
0.54
0.54
3.79%
3.88%
$ 246,474
$ 221,271
$
193,745
3.87%
4.09%
3.81%
3.95%
See “Notes”
(1) Weighted average yields for tax-exempt securities and loans have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.
(2) Average balances are net of unearned income and include nonperforming loans.
(3)
(4)
Includes securities available for sale at fair value.
Includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase.
48
Provision for Loan Losses
We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level based on our assessment of estimable and probable losses in the
loan portfolio, which we evaluate in accordance with applicable accounting principles, as discussed further in “Nonperforming
Assets.” Our evaluation is based on a review of the portfolio and requires significant, complex and difficult judgments. For the
year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $13.2 million compared to $11.0 million in 2017 and
$13.0 million in 2016. The 2018 increase in the provision for loan losses in comparison with 2017 was primarily due to loan
portfolio growth and the deterioration of three large relationships more than offsetting the generally favorable portfolio migration
in 2018. The 2017 decrease in the provision for loan losses in comparison with 2016 was due to improving economic conditions
which resulted in lower required reserves and net charge-offs.
Noninterest (Fee) Income
Fee income increased $37.9 million to $162.5 million in 2018 from $124.6 million in 2017. Excluding securities gains, net, and
gains on our equity investment in Visa Class B shares, as shown in the table below, fee income increased $15.4 million, or 12.5%,
to $138.0 million in 2018 from $122.7 million in 2017, primarily due to increased investment management and fiduciary revenue
and growth in credit/debit card and ATM income.
Twelve months ended
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest income (GAAP)
Less: Securities gains, net
Less: Unrealized gains on equity investment
Less: Gain on sale of Visa Class B shares
Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) (1)
(1) Adjusted noninterest income is a non-GAAP financial measure, The Company’s management believes that non-GAAP measures provide a useful
understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods and show the effects of significant gains and changes
in the periods presented. The Company’s management believes that investors may use these non-GAAP measures to analyze the Company’s performance
without the impact of unusual items or events that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlying performance. This non-GAAP data should be considered
in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and is not a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results.
December 31,
2017
124,644
1,984
—
—
122,660
December 31,
2016
105,061
2,369
—
—
102,692
December 31,
2018
162,541
21
20,745
3,757
138,018
$
$
$
$
$
$
2018 compared with 2017: Credit/debit card and ATM fees increased $7.7 million, or 21%, in 2018 compared to 2017 reflecting
the impact of new products and expanded revenue sources. Investment management and fiduciary income increased $4.5 million,
or 13%, in 2018 compared to 2017, primarily reflecting growth in our trust business. Fees for cash management and other services
in our Cash Connect® segment increased $1.8 million, mainly due to an increase in courier income and smart safe revenue. Partially
offsetting these increases was a $1.4 million decrease resulting from the planned surrender of our BOLI policies early in 2018.
2017 compared with 2016: Credit/debit card and ATM fees increased $6.2 million, or 21%, in 2017 compared to 2016 reflecting
the impact of new products and expanded revenue sources. Investment management and fiduciary income increased $9.4 million,
or 37%, in 2017 compared to 2016 reflecting growth in several business lines. Fees from mortgage banking activities decreased
$1.1 million or 15% when compared to 2016, primarily due to our ongoing strategy of selling most newly-originated residential
mortgages in the secondary market. Fees for cash management and other services in our Cash Connect® segment increased $1.8
million, due to several new services and product enhancements.
49
Noninterest Expenses
Noninterest expense in 2018 decreased $1.4 million to $225.0 million from $226.5 million in 2017. Excluding the non-routine
and other one-time items listed in the table below, noninterest expense increased $19.7 million, or 9%, to $228.2 million in 2018
from $208.5 million in 2017.
Noninterest expense in 2017 increased $37.8 million to $226.5 million from $188.7 million in 2016. Excluding the non-routine
and other one-time items listed in the table below, noninterest expense increased $28.4 million, or 16%, to $208.5 million in 2017
from $180.1 million in 2016.
Twelve months ended
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest expenses (GAAP)
Less: (Recovery of) provision for legal settlement
(Recovery of) provision for fraud loss
WSFS Foundation contribution
Debt extinguishment costs
$
$
$
December 31,
2018
225,047
(7,938)
(1,675)
—
—
6,456
228,204
December 31,
2017
226,461
12,000
2,844
1,500
695
878
208,544
December 31,
2016
188,666
—
—
—
—
8,529
180,137
Corporate development costs (1)
Adjusted noninterest expenses (non-GAAP) (2)
(1) Corporate development costs in 2018 were primarily attributable to our anticipated Merger with Beneficial. In 2016, these costs were primarily attributable
$
$
$
to our acquisitions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill and West Capital.
(2) Adjusted noninterest expense is non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management believes that non-GAAP measures provide a useful understanding
of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods and show the effects of significant gains and changes in the periods
presented. The Company’s management believes that investors may use these non-GAAP measures to analyze the Company’s performance without the
impact of unusual items or events that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlying performance. This non-GAAP data should be considered in addition
to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and is not a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results.
Adjusted non-interest expense in 2018 excludes (i) a $7.9 million insurance recovery related to our settlement of a legal claim,
(ii) an insurance recovery related to a significant and unusual fraud loss, and (iii) corporate development costs relating to our
anticipated Merger with Beneficial.
2018 compared with 2017: The increase of $19.7 million in adjusted noninterest expense in 2018 was mainly due to higher
compensation to support franchise growth and superior performance against peer groups and high Strategic Plan targets for full-
year 2018, and higher variable funding and operating costs to support Cash Connect® revenue growth, which included a non-
recurring timing adjustment of $0.9 million resulting from shifting to the accrual basis of accounting from cash basis for one of
Cash Connect®'s funding sources.
2017 compared with 2016: Contributing to the $28.4 million increase in adjusted noninterest expense in 2017 when compared
to 2016 was ongoing operating costs from the full-year impact of the additions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill, and West Capital in
the second half of 2016. Also contributing to the increase was higher compensation and related costs due to added staff to support
the company’s overall growth.
Income Taxes
We recorded $36.1 million of income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to income tax expense of $58.2
million and $33.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were 21.1%, 53.7%, and 34.0%, respectively. The higher tax expense and effective tax
rates in 2017 were due to a re-measurement of our deferred tax asset resulting from the Tax Reform Act and the tax impact of our
decision to surrender our BOLI policies in 2018. Volatility in effective tax rates is also impacted by the level of pretax income or
loss, combined with the amount of tax-free income as well as the effects of stock compensation tax benefits, consistent with our
adoption during 2016 of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, Compensation - Stock
Compensation, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local
income taxes that are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and
the tax reporting basis of the assets and liabilities. For additional information, including the impact of the Tax Reform Act on the
2017 effective tax rate, see Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
50
SEGMENT INFORMATION
For financial reporting purposes, our business has three reporting segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect®, and Wealth Management.
The WSFS Bank segment provides loans and other financial products to commercial and retail customers. Cash Connect® provides
ATM vault cash, smart safe and other cash logistics services in the U.S through strategic partnerships with several of the largest
networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of
planning and advisory services, investment management, trust services, and credit and deposit products to individual, corporate
and institutional clients.
WSFS Bank Segment
The WSFS Bank segment income before taxes increased $38.4 million or 40%, in 2018 compared to 2017 due primarily to an
increase in external net interest income of $25.5 million or 12%, reflecting strong organic portfolio growth, continued optimization
of our balance sheet mix, and continued strong performance in our purchased loan portfolio. External noninterest income increased
$25.1 million, or 55%, which was primarily due to the unrealized and realized gains on equity investments. These increases were
partially offset by an increase in external operating expenses of $13.3 million or 8%, primarily driven by higher costs for
compensation expense to support the growth of the business and superior performance against peer groups and high Strategic Plan
goals, higher infrastructure costs also associated with business growth, and a $2.4 million increase in the provision for loan losses,
primarily driven by overall portfolio growth and deterioration in several large credits in 2018.
In 2017, The WSFS Bank segment income before taxes increased $19.0 million or 24% compared to 2016, due primarily to an
increase in external net interest income of $27.2 million or 15%, reflecting strong organic and acquisition-related growth, continued
optimization of our balance sheet mix, and continued strong performance in our purchased loan portfolio. The increase in net
interest income was partially offset by an increase in external operating expenses of $12.4 million or 8%, primarily driven by
higher costs for compensation expense to support the growth of the business, higher infrastructure costs also associated with
business growth, and a $1.2 million, or 12%, increase in the provision for loan losses, primarily driven by overall portfolio growth.
Cash Connect® Segment
The Cash Connect® segment income before taxes decreased $1.3 million, or 18%, in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to a
$5.7 million, or 21%, increase in expenses associated with increased investments for several new services and product enhancements
to our fee-based managed services and smart safe offerings, which continue to both diversify and expand revenue sources. The
decrease was also driven by an increase of $3.6 million, or 38%. in funding costs and a one-time true up adjustment of $0.9 million.
Offsetting these expense increases, external fee income increased $8.0 million or 19%. Cash Connect® had over $1.0 billion and
$970.1 million in total cash managed at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At year-end 2018, Cash Connect® serviced
over 24,300 non-bank ATMs and approximately 2,300 retail smart safes nationwide compared to over 20,000 non-bank ATMs and
800 smart safes at year-end 2017.
The Cash Connect® segment income before taxes decreased $1.1 million, or 13%, in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to
a $6.9 million, or 35%, increase in expenses associated with increased investments for several new services and product
enhancements to our fee-based managed services and smart safe offerings, which continue to both diversify and expand revenue
sources, as well as an increase of $3.7 million, or 65% in funding costs. Offsetting these expense increases, external fee income
increased $10 million or 29%. At December 31, 2017, Cash Connect® had over $970.1 million in total cash managed compared
to over $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016. At year-end 2017, Cash Connect® serviced over 20,000 non-bank ATMs and over 800
retail smart safes nationwide compared to 16,000 ATMS and only 100 smart safes at year-end 2016.
51
Wealth Management Segment
The Wealth Management segment income before taxes increased $25.2 million in 2018 in comparison with 2017. External operating
expense decreased $20.5 million compared to 2017, which was primarily due to the recovery of a portion of the previously discussed
settlement of a legal claim in 2018, and a charge of $12.0 million relating to the settlement in 2017. For further information related
to the legal settlement and subsequent recovery, see Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. External fee income increased
$4.7 million, or 13%, reflecting growth in several business lines.
The Wealth Management segment income before taxes decreased $6.6 million in 2017 in comparison with 2016. External operating
expense increased $21.2 million compared to 2016, which was primarily due to a settlement of a legal claim in 2017, higher
ongoing operating expenses to support the Powdermill and West Capital acquisitions and overall business growth. Excluding the
legal settlement, segment income before taxes increased $5.4 million or 51%. External fee income increased $9.5 million, or 36%,
primarily reflecting growth in our trust business as well as the full-year positive impact of our combinations with Powdermill and
West Capital and a decrease of $3.2 million in the provision for loan losses in 2017, due to private banking exposure granted under
a business development initiative, which impacted the 2016 provision only, partially offset by higher operating expense to support
Powdermill and West Capital as well as overall business growth.
Segment financial information for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is provided in Note 21 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Total assets increased $249.3 million, or 4%, to $7.2 billion as of December 31, 2018, compared to $7.0 billion as of December 31,
2017, primarily comprised of the following (in descending order of magnitude):
•
Investment securities, available for sale: Investment securities available for sale increased $367.6 million, or 44%, primarily
as a result of purchases of mortgage-backed securities with the proceeds from the surrender of our BOLI policies during the
first quarter of 2018.
• Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents decreased $103.1 million, or 14%, primarily due to Cash in non-
owned ATMs, which decreased $113.5 million, or 19%, to $484.6 million due to improved cash optimization by Cash Connect®.
• BOLI: BOLI decreased $96.3 million, or 94% due to the planned surrender of our BOLI policies during the first quarter of
2018.
• Loans, net of allowance: Loans, net of allowance, increased $87.6 million, or 2%, primarily due to an increase of $122.4
million in consumer loans, primarily related to second-lien home equity installment loans originated through our partnership
with Spring EQ and student loans through our partnership with LendKey, partially offset by a decline of $35.2 million in
residential mortgages, reflecting our ongoing strategy of selling most newly-originated residential mortgages in the secondary
market.
• Other investments: Other investments, increased $19.3 million, or 107%, primarily due to unrealized gains on our investment
in Visa Class B shares.
•
•
Stock in FHLB: Stock in FHLB decreased $12.0 million, or 38%, due to lower FHLB advances.
Investment Securities, held to maturity: Investment securities, held to maturity decreased $11.2 million to $150.0 million,
primarily due to calls and maturities of bonds in the portfolio.
• Loans held for sale: Loans, held for sale are recorded at fair value and decreased $5.7 million to $25.3 million, reflecting
our ongoing strategy of selling most newly-originated residential mortgages in the secondary market.
52
Total liabilities increased $152.8 million, or 2%, during the year to $6.4 billion at December 31, 2018, primarily comprised of the
following (in descending order of magnitude).
• Customer Deposits: Customer deposits increased $424.4 million, or 8%, during 2018 to $5.4 billion. Core deposit relationships
increased $380.5 million, or 9%, and customer time deposits increased $43.9 million, or 7%, primarily due to organic growth.
The table below depicts the changes in customer deposits during the last three years:
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance
Interest credited
Deposit inflows (outflows), net
Ending balance
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
$
5,015
24
404
5,443
$
$
4,599
13
403
5,015
$
$
3,860
8
731
4,599
• Borrowings and Brokered Deposits: Borrowings and brokered deposits decreased by $269.6 million. Included in the decrease
was a $381.5 million decrease in FHLB advances, which was primarily due an increase in deposits, partially offset by higher
Fed funds purchased, which increased $130.0 million, due to a change in our funding mix between the Fed funds and FHLB
advances and an increase of $13.3 million, in Other borrowed funds, which was primarily due to higher sweep repurchase
balances. We did not have any securities sold under repurchase agreements at December 31, 2018.
Stockholders’ Equity
Stockholders’ equity increased $96.6 million, or 13%, to $820.9 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $724.3 million at
December 31, 2017. Capital in excess of par value increased $13.5 million, primarily due to stock-based compensation expense
and the issuance of stock related to the exercise of stock options. Retained earnings increased $121.5 million, or 18%, to $791.0
million during 2018, primarily as a result of earnings from the year less dividends paid. These increases in stockholders' equity
were partially offset by $31.2 million related to share repurchases during 2018, and $7.2 million from a decline in the fair value
of our available-for-sale securities portfolio.
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
Our primary asset/liability management goal is to optimize long term net interest income opportunities within the constraints of
managing interest rate risk, ensuring adequate liquidity and funding and maintaining a strong capital base.
In general, interest rate risk is mitigated by closely matching the maturities or repricing periods of interest-sensitive assets and
liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity, and use a variety of strategies
as needed to adjust that sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management and our Board of Directors.
Changing the relative proportions of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies to accomplish
this objective.
The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed using a number of methods including by examining the extent to which
such assets and liabilities are “interest-rate sensitive” and by monitoring our interest-sensitivity gap. An interest-sensitivity gap
is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities
repricing within a defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the
amount of interest-rate sensitive assets repricing within a defined period.
For additional information related to interest rate sensitivity, see Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk.
53
The repricing and maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2018 are
shown in the following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-rate sensitive assets:
Commercial loans (2)(3)
Real estate loans (1) (2)
Mortgage-backed securities
Consumer loans (2)
Investment securities
Loans held for sale (2)
Reverse mortgage loans
Total interest-rate sensitive assets:
Interest-rate sensitive liabilities:
Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits
FHLB advances
Savings accounts
Retail certificates of deposit
Brokered certificates of deposit
Other borrowed funds
Jumbo certificates of deposit
Trust preferred securities
Senior notes
Total Interest-rate sensitive liabilities:
Off Balance Sheet:
Excess (deficiency) of interest-rate sensitive assets over
interest-rate liabilities (interest-rate sensitive gap)
Less than
One Year
One to Five
Years
Over Five
Years
Total
$
$
1,558
1,034
124
347
63
25
3
3,154
1,735
266
269
347
185
206
45
67
—
3,120
(75)
$
612
411
433
117
98
—
8
$
326
254
667
200
32
—
6
2,496
1,699
1,224
664
193
25
17
1,679
1,485
6,318
—
63
—
192
6
—
1
—
98
360
75
913
—
269
2
—
—
—
—
—
1,184
—
2,648
329
538
541
191
206
46
67
98
4,664
—
$
(41)
$
1,394
$
301
$
1,654
One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/interest-rate sensitive
liabilities
One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a percent of total assets
98.67 %
(0.57)%
Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans
Loan balances exclude nonaccruing loans, deferred fees and costs
(1)
(2)
(3) Assumes two-thirds of loans in process are variable and will reprice within one-year
Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a negative
gap would adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of falling rates, a positive gap would result in a decrease
in net interest income while a negative gap would augment net interest income. However, the interest-sensitivity table does not
provide a comprehensive representation of the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Each category of assets or
liabilities will not be affected equally or simultaneously by changes in the general level of interest rates. Even assets and liabilities
which contractually reprice within the rate period may reprice at the same price, at the same time or with the same frequency. It
is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time. Variations can occur as we adjust our interest sensitivity
position throughout the year.
To provide a more accurate position of our one-year gap, certain deposit classifications are based on the interest-rate sensitive
attributes and not on the contractual repricing characteristics of these deposits. For the purpose of this analysis, we estimate, based
on historical trends of our deposit accounts, that 75% of our money market deposits, 50% of our interest-bearing demand deposits
and 50% of our savings deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes. Accordingly, these interest-sensitive portions are classified
in the “Less than One Year” category with the remainder in the “Over Five Years” category.
Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable. Changes in deposit rates are generally subject to local market conditions
and our discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate.
54
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
Nonperforming assets (NPAs) include nonaccruing loans, other real estate owned (OREO) and restructured loans. Nonaccruing
loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion
of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the value of the collateral is
insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is
reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is
placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest
income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Past due loans are defined
as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because
they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.
The following table shows our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated:
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonaccruing loans:
Commercial
Owner-occupied commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential mortgages
Consumer
Total nonaccruing loans
Other real estate owned (OREO)
Restructured loans (1)
Total nonperforming assets (NPAs)
Past due loans:
Residential mortgages
Commercial and commercial mortgages (3)
Consumer
Total past due loans
Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (2)
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (2)
Ratio of NPA to total assets
Ratio of NPA (excluding accruing TDR) to total
assets
Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans
$
$
$
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
At December 31,
$
14,056
$
19,057
$
4,406
3,951
2,781
2,854
2,006
30,054
2,668
14,953
47,675
660
71
104
835
0.62%
0.81
0.66
$
$
$
3,654
5,870
1,804
4,124
1,927
36,436
2,503
20,061
59,000
356
—
105
461
0.76%
0.84
0.84
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2,015
2,078
9,821
—
4,967
3,995
22,876
3,591
14,336
40,803
153
—
285
438
0.51%
0.89
0.60
$
$
$
5,328
1,091
3,326
—
7,287
4,133
21,165
5,080
13,647
39,892
251
17,529
252
18,032
$
0.56%
0.98
0.71
2,706
2,475
8,245
—
7,068
3,557
24,051
5,734
22,600
52,385
—
—
—
—
0.75%
1.23
1.08
0.45
131.56
0.56
111.43
0.39
173.77
0.47
175.27
0.61
163.93
(1) Accruing loans only. Nonaccruing TDRs are included in their respective categories of nonaccruing loans.
(2) Total loans exclude loans held for sale.
(3)
Includes owner-occupied commercial
Nonperforming assets decreased $11.3 million between December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018. Restructured loans decreased
$5.1 million, primarily due to a previously accruing restructured loan that moved to nonaccrual during the period. This addition
in nonaccruing loans was offset by $8.9 million in partial charge-offs related to two large commercial and industrial (C&I)
relationships and a $1.5 million charge-off on a residential construction loan. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets
decreased from 0.84% at December 31, 2017 to 0.66% at December 31, 2018.
55
The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the last three years:
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
Additions
Collections
Transfers to accrual
Charge-offs/write-downs
Ending balance
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018
2016
$
$
59,000
36,476
(25,389)
(6,309)
(16,103)
47,675
$
$
40,803
57,942
(19,884)
(3,478)
(16,383)
59,000
$
$
39,892
42,101
(28,191)
(681)
(12,318)
40,803
The timely identification of problem loans is a key element in our strategy to manage our loan portfolio. Timely identification
enables us to take appropriate action and, accordingly, minimize losses. An asset review system established to monitor the asset
quality of our loans and investments in real estate portfolios facilitates the identification of problem assets. In general, this system
utilizes guidelines established by federal regulation.
CAPITAL RESOURCES
Under guidelines issued by banking regulators to reflect the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III international
capital standards, beginning January 1, 2015, savings associations such as WSFS Bank must maintain a minimum ratio of common
equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0%, a minimum
ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. Failure to meet minimum
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.
Regulators have established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, under-capitalized, significantly under-
capitalized, and critically under-capitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to
various relevant capital measures, which include leveraged and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository
institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of
management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities. Under the Prompt Corrective Action framework
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various
restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating
activities.
At December 31, 2018, WSFS Bank was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and all of its regulatory ratios exceeded
“well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks. WSFS Bank’s December 31, 2018 common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 12.69%, Tier
1 capital ratio of 12.69%, total risk based capital ratio of 13.37% and Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 10.82%, all remain substantially
in excess of “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks, the highest regulatory capital rating. In addition, and not included in Bank
capital, the holding company held $30.6 million in cash to support potential dividends, acquisitions and strategic growth plans.
The revised capital rules also established a capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, above the
regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer began being phased in on January 1, 2016 at 0.625%
of risk-weighted assets and increased each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until it reached its final level of 2.5% on
January 1, 2019. The revised capital rules also increased the risk-based measures for a savings association to be considered “well
capitalized” under the Prompt Corrective Action framework.
Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to acquire our common stock outstanding.
We repurchased 691,742 and 255,000 shares of our common stock in 2018 and 2017 respectively. We held 25,552,887 shares and
24,861,145 shares of our common stock as treasury shares at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At December 31, 2018,
we had essentially completed the share repurchase authorization approved by the Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of 2015.
In the fourth quarter of 2018, our Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase authorization that will enable us to repurchase
shares worth up to $15.4 million in 2019 after the completion of our pending Merger with Beneficial. The program is consistent
with our intent to return a minimum of 25% of annual net income to stockholders through dividends and share repurchases while
maintaining capital ratios in excess of “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks.
56
OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We have no off balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our
financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or
capital resources. For a description of certain financial instruments to which we are party and which expose us to certain credit
risk not recognized in our financial statements, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial
position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs of our operations. Unlike most
industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our
performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or the
same extent as the price of goods and services.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
At December 31, 2018, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, data processing and credit
obligations. These obligations are summarized below. See Notes 9, 12 and 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for
further information.
(Dollars in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit (1)
FHLB advances
Principal payments on long term debt (2)
Interest payments on long term debt (3)
Operating lease obligations
Data processing obligations
Total
Total
1,303,458
328,465
100,000
33,750
226,253
13,823
2,005,749
$
$
2019
1,303,458
265,790
—
4,500
11,562
6,660
1,591,970
$
$
$
$
2020-2021
2022-2023
2024 and
Beyond
— $
62,675
—
9,000
22,543
5,703
99,921
$
— $
—
—
9,000
22,219
1,460
32,679
$
—
—
100,000
11,250
169,929
—
281,179
(1)
(2)
(3)
Includes loan commitments and commercial standby letters of credit. Does not reflect commitments to sell residential mortgages.
The 2016 senior notes are redeemable on June 15, 2021 or on any interest payment date thereafter.
To calculate payments due for interest, we assumed that interest rates were unchanged from December 31, 2018 through maturity.
57
Table of Contents
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements,
which are prepared in conformity with GAAP. The significant accounting policies of the Company are described in Note 2 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and
assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We regularly evaluate these estimates and
assumptions including those related to the allowance for loan losses, business combinations, deferred taxes, fair value measurements
and goodwill and other intangible assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions
that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis for making judgments on the carrying value of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgments and estimates. The Company has reviewed
these critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit Committee.
Allowance for Loan Losses
We maintain an allowance which represents our best estimate of probable losses within our loan portfolio. As losses are realized,
they are charged to this allowance. We established our allowance in accordance with guidance provided in ASC 450, ASC 310
and SAB 102. The allowance includes two primary components: (i) an allowance established on loans collectively evaluated for
impairment (general allowance), and (ii) an allowance established on loans individually evaluated for impairment (specific
allowance). In addition, we also maintained an allowance for acquired loans.
The general allowance is calculated on a pooled loan basis using both quantitative and qualitative factors in accordance with ASC
450. The specific allowance is calculated on an individual loan basis when collectability of all contractually due principal and
interest is no longer believed to be probable. This calculation is in accordance with ASC 310-10. Lastly, the allowance related to
acquired loans is calculated when (i) there was deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition for loans accounted for
under ASC 310-30, and (ii) the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition
for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20.
We consider the determination of the allowance to be critical because it requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate
of impairment related to specifically evaluated impaired loans as well as the inherent risk of loss for those in the remaining loan
portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of our loan portfolio, with consideration given to evaluations resulting
from examinations performed by regulatory authorities. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, for further discussion
of the allowance.
Fair Value Measurements
ASC 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820) defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring
fair value under GAAP. We consider our accounting policies related to fair value measurements to be critical because they are
important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require our subjective and complex judgment as a result
of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For information on Recent Accounting Pronouncements see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
58
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The matching of maturities or repricing periods of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities to promote a favorable interest rate
spread and mitigate exposure to fluctuations in interest rates is our primary tool for achieving our asset/liability management
strategies. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity and adjust the sensitivity within our acceptable tolerance ranges. At
December 31, 2018 interest-bearing liabilities exceeded interest-earning assets that mature or reprice within one year (interest-
sensitive gap) by approximately $41.6 million. Our interest-sensitive assets as a percentage of interest-sensitive liabilities within
one-year increased from 98.24% at December 31, 2017 to 98.67% at December 31, 2018. Likewise, the one-year interest-sensitive
gap as a percentage of total assets changed to (0.57%) at December 31, 2018 from (0.81%) at December 31, 2017. The change in
sensitivity since December 31, 2017 was the result of the current interest rate environment and our continuing effort to effectively
manage interest rate risk.
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate
risk inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities. To that end, we actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk
exposure. The following table shows the estimated impact of immediate changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and
economic value of equity at the specified levels at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Change in Interest Rate (Basis
Points)
300
200
100
—
(100)
(200) (3)
(300) (3)
% Change in Net
Interest Margin (1)
8%
5%
3%
— %
(4)%
(9)%
NMF
Economic Value
of Equity (2)
16.93%
17.19%
17.26%
17.21%
16.82%
15.87%
NMF
% Change in Net Interest
Margin (1)
7%
4%
2%
— %
(4)%
NMF
NMF
Economic Value of
Equity (2)
16.16%
16.16%
15.96%
15.63%
14.69%
NMF
NMF
(1)
(2)
(3)
The percentage difference between net interest income in a stable interest rate environment and net interest margin as projected under the various rate
change environments.
The economic value of equity ratio in a stable interest rate environment and the economic value of equity projected under the various rate change
environments.
Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points is deemed not meaningful (NMF) given the low absolute level of interest rates at that time.
Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest
income and capital, while maximizing the yield/cost spread on our asset/liability structure. We rely primarily on our asset/liability
structure to control interest rate risk.
We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For example, mortgage banking revenues
and expenses can fluctuate with changing interest rates. These fluctuations are difficult to model and estimate.
59
60
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
WSFS Financial Corporation:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries
(the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes
in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related
notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether
due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 1994.
February 28, 2019
61
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest Income:
Interest and fees on loans
Interest on mortgage-backed securities
Interest and dividends on investment securities
Taxable
Tax-exempt
Other interest income
Interest Expense:
Interest on deposits
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Interest on senior debt
Interest on trust preferred borrowings
Interest on federal funds purchased
Interest on other borrowings
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Noninterest Income:
Credit/debit card and ATM income
Investment management and fiduciary income
Deposit service charges
Mortgage banking activities, net
Loan fee income
Security gains, net
Unrealized gains on equity investments
Realized gain on sale of equity investment
Bank owned life insurance income
Other income
Noninterest Expense:
Salaries, benefits and other compensation
Occupancy expense
Equipment expense
Professional fees
Data processing and operations expenses
Marketing expense
FDIC expenses
Loan workout and OREO expenses
Corporate development expense
(Recovery of) provision for legal settlement
(Recovery of) provision for fraud loss
Early extinguishment of debt costs
Other operating expense
Income before taxes
Income tax provision
Net income
Basic
Diluted
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
260,506
26,065
$
229,147
19,308
$
61
4,317
2,024
292,973
29,068
8,395
4,717
2,573
1,695
51
46,499
246,474
13,170
233,304
43,837
39,602
18,771
6,286
2,492
21
20,745
3,757
175
26,855
162,541
122,983
19,783
12,609
8,733
7,757
4,586
2,117
1,548
6,456
(7,938)
(1,675)
—
48,088
225,047
170,798
36,055
134,743
4.27
4.19
$
$
$
137
4,511
1,623
254,726
14,904
8,263
7,228
1,940
972
148
33,455
221,271
10,964
210,307
36,116
35,103
18,318
6,293
2,218
1,984
—
—
1,545
23,067
124,644
114,376
19,409
12,564
8,597
6,779
3,083
2,216
1,820
878
12,000
2,844
695
41,200
226,461
108,490
58,246
50,244
1.60
1.56
$
$
$
$
$
$
194,345
15,754
321
4,551
1,607
216,578
9,421
4,707
6,356
1,622
606
121
22,833
193,745
12,986
180,759
29,899
25,691
17,734
7,434
2,066
2,369
—
—
919
18,949
105,061
95,983
16,646
10,368
9,142
6,275
3,020
2,606
1,681
8,529
—
—
—
34,416
188,666
97,154
33,074
64,080
2.12
2.06
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
62
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in thousands)
Net Income
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax expense (benefit) of
($2,223), $1,813, and ($2,968), respectively
Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains on sales realized in net income, net of tax
expense of $5, $704, and $900, respectively
Net change in securities held to maturity
Amortization of unrealized gain on securities reclassified to held-to-maturity, net of tax
expense of $136, $241, and $248, respectively
Net change in unfunded pension liability
Change in unfunded pension liability related to unrealized (loss) gain, prior service cost
and transition obligation, net of tax (benefit) expense of ($10), ($56), and $103,
respectively
Net change in cash flow hedge
Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period, net of tax (benefit) of ($29), ($113), and
($1,086), respectively
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
Total comprehensive income
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2018
$
134,743
$
50,244
$
64,080
(6,695)
3,073
(4,838)
(16)
(6,711)
(1,280)
1,793
(1,469)
(6,307)
(444)
(444)
(31)
(31)
(56)
(56)
(7,242)
(394)
(394)
(90)
(90)
(184)
(184)
1,125
(403)
(403)
169
169
(1,772)
(1,772)
(8,313)
$
127,501
$
51,369
$
55,767
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
63
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share data)
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Cash in non-owned ATMs
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks including collateral of $1,000 at December 31, 2018 and $3,380 at
December 31, 2017
Total cash and cash equivalents
December 31,
2018
2017
$
134,939
$
484,648
1,170
620,757
122,141
598,117
3,608
723,866
Investment securities, available for sale (amortized cost of $1,224,227 at December 31, 2018 and $847,791 at
December 31, 2017)
1,205,079
837,499
Investment securities, held to maturity, at cost (fair value $149,431 at December 31, 2018 and $162,853 at
December 31, 2017)
Other investments
Loans held for sale at fair value
149,950
37,233
25,318
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $39,539 at December 31, 2018 and $40,599 at December 31, 2017
4,863,919
Bank-owned life insurance
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost
Other real estate owned
Accrued interest receivable
Premises and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing demand
Total deposits
Federal funds purchased
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Trust preferred borrowings
Senior debt
Other borrowed funds
Accrued interest payable
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ Equity:
Common stock $0.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; issued 56,926,978 at December 31, 2018 and
56,279,527 at December 31, 2017
Capital in excess of par value
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Treasury stock at cost, 25,552,887 shares at December 31, 2018 and 24,861,145 shares at December 31, 2017
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
161,186
17,971
31,055
4,776,318
102,958
31,284
2,503
19,405
47,983
166,007
22,437
59,068
6,687
19,259
2,668
22,001
44,956
166,007
20,016
65,020
$
7,248,870
$
6,999,540
$
1,626,252
$
1,420,760
4,014,179
5,640,431
157,975
328,465
67,011
98,388
47,949
1,900
85,831
3,826,844
5,247,604
28,000
710,001
67,011
98,171
34,623
1,037
88,748
6,427,950
6,275,195
569
349,810
(15,394)
791,031
(305,096)
820,920
563
336,271
(8,152)
669,557
(273,894)
724,345
$
7,248,870
$
6,999,540
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
64
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands, except per
share and share amounts)
Balance, December 31, 2015
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Cash dividend, $0.25 per
share
Issuance of common stock
including proceeds from
exercise of common stock
options
Stock-based compensation
expense
Acquisition of Penn Liberty
Repurchase of common
stock, 449,371 shares
Treasury share adjustment (1)
Balance, December 31, 2016
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Shares
Common
Stock
Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
55,945,245
$
560
$ 256,435
$
696
$ 570,630
$ (247,850) $
580,471
—
—
—
265,853
—
1,806,748
—
(2,022,627)
—
—
—
2
—
18
—
—
—
—
—
1,898
2,790
68,334
—
—
55,995,219
$
580
$ 329,457
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(8,313)
64,080
—
—
(7,632)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(7,617) $ 627,078
50,244
—
1,125
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
64,080
(8,313)
(7,632)
1,900
2,790
68,352
(14,312)
—
(14,312)
—
$ (262,162) $
687,336
—
—
50,244
1,125
3
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(20)
1,660
3,396
3,421
3,418
(9,425)
(1,660)
(9,425)
284,308
56,279,527
—
Cash dividend, $0.30 per
share
Reclassification due to the
adoption of ASU No.
2018-02
Issuance of common stock
including proceeds from
exercise of common stock
options
Stock-based compensation
expense
Repurchase of common
stock, 255,000 shares
Balance, December 31, 2017
Net income
Other comprehensive
income
Cash dividend, $0.42 per
share
Reclassification due to the
adoption of ASU No.
2016-01
Issuance of common stock
including proceeds from
exercise of common stock
options
Stock-based compensation
expense
Repurchase of common
—
stock, 691,742 shares
Balance, December 31, 2018
$ 349,810
(1) The 2016 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity reflects an adjustment between shares issued and treasury stock. This reclassification
—
(8,152) $ 669,557
134,743
—
(15,394) $ 791,031
(11,732)
$ (273,894) $
(31,202)
$ (305,096) $
(11,752)
724,345
134,743
—
56,926,978
$ 336,271
—
(31,202)
820,920
—
569
563
—
(13,249)
(13,249)
647,451
(7,262)
(7,262)
11,253
11,247
2,292
3,396
2,292
(20)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
—
—
—
$
6
$
$
had no impact on shares outstanding, earnings per share or retained earnings.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
65
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Provision for loan losses
Depreciation of premises and equipment, net
Amortization of fees and discounts, net
Amortization of intangible assets
Income from mortgage banking activities, net
Gain on sale of debt securities, net
Gain on sale of equity investments, net
Loss on sale of other real estate owned and valuation adjustments, net
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized gain on equity investments
Debt extinguishment costs
Deferred income tax expense
Increase in accrued interest receivable
(Increase) decrease in other assets
Origination of loans held for sale
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
Provision for legal settlement
Increase in value of bank-owned life insurance
Increase in capitalized interest, net
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:
Purchases of investment securities held to maturity
Repayments, maturities and calls of investment securities held to maturity
Sales of investment securities available for sale
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
Repayments of investment securities available for sale
Proceeds of bank-owned life insurance death benefits
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance surrender
Net cash for business combinations
Net increase in loans
Purchases of Visa Class B shares
Sale of Visa Class B shares
Purchases of stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
Redemptions of stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
Sales of other real estate owned
Investment in premises and equipment
Sales of premises and equipment
Net cash used for investing activities
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
134,743
$
50,244
$
64,080
13,170
8,329
15,255
2,942
(6,286)
(21)
(3,757)
100
2,292
(20,745)
—
3,378
(2,596)
(6,297)
(351,108)
352,002
863
(2,931)
—
(158)
(3,601)
135,574
$
10,964
8,557
19,082
3,078
(6,293)
(1,984)
—
217
3,396
—
695
17,899
(2,378)
(2,517)
(354,659)
369,986
(114)
7,353
12,000
(1,130)
(4,228)
130,168
$
— $
— $
9,245
7,012
(498,465)
112,665
—
96,429
—
(101,174)
(1,568)
6,186
(169,613)
181,638
3,037
(5,500)
198
(359,910) $
1,230
457,046
(696,581)
197,765
371
—
—
(343,858)
(10,072)
—
(160,089)
167,053
6,077
(7,728)
—
(388,786) $
12,986
7,477
19,626
2,438
(7,434)
(2,369)
—
313
3,046
—
—
5,370
(2,009)
443
(366,859)
346,895
350
3,709
—
(2,551)
(5,331)
80,180
(3,329)
2,890
201,580
(371,590)
85,200
—
—
39,794
(217,572)
(387)
—
(88,176)
80,447
4,423
(9,873)
—
(276,593)
$
$
$
(continued on following page)
66
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
(Dollars in thousands)
Financing activities:
Net increase in demand and savings deposits
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
Net (decrease) increase in brokered deposits
Decrease in loan payable
Receipts from FHLB advances
Repayments of FHLB advances
Receipts from federal funds purchased
Repayments of federal funds purchased
Repayment of long-term debt
Dividends paid
Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options
Redemption of senior debt
Issuance of senior debt
Purchase of treasury stock
Net cash provided by financing activities
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest
Income taxes
Non-cash information:
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
Loans transferred to portfolio from held-for-sale at fair value
Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash received
Fair value of liabilities assumed
Goodwill adjustments, net
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
393,827
$
353,521
$
272,544
43,871
(31,712)
—
83,721,532
(84,103,068)
21,239,675
(21,109,700)
—
(13,249)
11,253
—
—
(31,202)
121,227
(103,109)
723,866
35,887
90,482
(338)
143,852,751
(143,996,986)
23,008,000
(23,110,000)
—
(9,425)
3,421
(55,000)
—
(11,752)
160,561
(98,057)
821,923
$
$
620,757
$
723,866
$
(51,416)
(17,928)
(370)
121,977,563
(121,792,841)
27,702,620
(27,700,820)
(10,000)
(7,632)
1,900
—
97,849
(14,312)
457,157
260,744
561,179
821,923
45,636
$
33,569
$
33,316
31,441
22,483
24,825
3,302
9,553
—
—
—
5,206
13,142
—
—
(1,532)
2,251
12,919
534,375
589,632
2,112
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
67
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Organization
WSFS Financial Corporation (the Company or as a consolidated institution, WSFS, we, our or us) is a savings and loan holding
company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Substantially all of our assets are held by the Company’s subsidiary,
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (WSFS Bank or the Bank), is a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the
United States (U.S.). Founded in 1832, the Bank is one of the ten oldest bank and trust companies in the U.S. continuously operating
under the same name. We provide residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer lending services, as well as
retail deposit and cash management services. Our core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated
deposits. In addition, we offer a broad variety of wealth management and trust services to personal and corporate customers. The
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures our customers’ deposits to their legal maximums. We serve our customers
primarily from our 76 offices located in Delaware (45), Pennsylvania (29), Virginia (1), and Nevada (1) and through our website
at www.wsfsbank.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
(GAAP). In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how
we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions in 2019 could be worse than anticipated in
those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. The accounting for the allowance
for loan losses and reserves for lending related commitments, goodwill, intangible assets, post-retirement benefit obligations, the
fair value of financial instruments, income taxes and other than temporary impairment (OTTI) is subject to significant estimates.
Among other effects, changes to these estimates could result in future impairment of investment securities, goodwill and intangible
assets and the establishment of the allowance and lending related commitments as well as increased post-retirement benefits
expense.
Basis of Presentation
Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company, WSFS Bank, Cypress Capital Management, LLC
(Cypress), WSFS Wealth Management, LLC (Powdermill), WSFS Capital Management, LLC (West Capital), and Christiana Trust
Company of Delaware (Christiana Trust DE). We also have one unconsolidated subsidiary, WSFS Capital Trust III (the Trust).
WSFS Bank has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: WSFS Wealth Investments, 1832 Holdings, Inc. and Monarch Entity Services
LLC (Monarch).
Cypress was formed to provide asset management services. As a registered investment advisor and Wilmington-based fee-only
wealth management firm, Cypress has approximately $948.8 million in assets under management (AUM) at December 31, 2018,
compared to approximately $901.5 million at December 31, 2017.
Powdermill was formed in 2016 as a result of our acquisition of Powdermill Financial Solutions, LLC to provide multi-family
office services to affluent clientele in the local community and throughout the U.S.
West Capital was formed in 2016 as a result of our acquisition of West Capital Management, Inc. to provide fee-only wealth
management services tailored to the needs of high net worth individuals operating under a multi-family office philosophy. West
Capital has approximately $695.5 million in AUM at December 31, 2018, compared to approximately $861.2 million at
December 31, 2017.
Christiana Trust DE was formed in 2017 to supplement our existing Wealth Management segment by offering Delaware Advantage
trust services including directed trusts, asset protection trusts and dynasty trusts.
The Trust is our unconsolidated subsidiary, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled
Floating Rate Capital Securities. These securities are callable and have a maturity date of June 1, 2035. The proceeds from this
issue were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred Securities (formerly, WSFS
Capital Trust I). WSFS Capital Trust I invested all of the proceeds from the sale of the Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities in
our Junior Subordinated Debentures.
68
WSFS Wealth Investments markets various third-party investment and insurance products to Bank customers through the Bank’s
retail banking system. 1832 Holdings, Inc. was formed to hold certain debt and equity investment securities. Monarch provides
commercial domicile services which include providing employees, directors, subleases of office facilities and registered agent
services in Delaware and Nevada.
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year’s Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the current year’s
presentation. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions were eliminated in consolidation.
Business Combinations
On August 7, 2018, WSFS and Beneficial Bancorp, Inc. (Beneficial) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (as
amended from time to time, the Merger Agreement), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement,
among other things, (i) Beneficial will merge with and into WSFS, with WSFS continuing as the surviving corporation (the
“Merger”) and (ii) simultaneously, Beneficial Bank will merge with and into WSFS Bank, with WSFS Bank continuing as the
surviving bank (the “Bank Merger” and, together with the Merger, the “Mergers”). Subject to the terms and conditions of the
Merger Agreement, stockholders of Beneficial will receive 0.3013 shares of WSFS common stock and $2.93 in cash for each share
of Beneficial common stock. Approvals from both WSFS and Beneficial shareholders were received in December 2018. The
Mergers, which are subject to customary closing conditions, are expected to close on March 1, 2019.
69
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in non-owned ATMs, amounts due from banks,
federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.
Debt Securities
Investments in debt securities are classified into one of the following three categories and accounted for as follows:
• Debt securities purchased with the intent of selling them in the near future are classified as “trading securities” and reported
at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.
• Debt securities not classified as either trading securities or as held to maturity securities are classified as “available-for-sale
securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a
separate component of stockholders’ equity.
• Debt securities purchased with the intent to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” securities and reported at
amortized cost.
Debt securities include mortgage-backed securities (MBS), municipal bonds, and U.S. government and agency securities. Premiums
and discounts on MBS collateralized by residential 1-4 family loans are recognized in interest income using a level yield method
over the period to expected maturity. Premiums and discounts on all other securities are recognized on a straight line basis over
the period to expected maturity. The fair value of debt securities is primarily obtained from third-party pricing services. Implicit
in the valuation of MBS are estimated prepayments based on historical and current market conditions.
We follow Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 320-10 “Investments - Debt Securities” which provides guidance related to
the recognition of and expanded disclosure requirements for other-than-temporary impaired debt securities. When we conclude
an investment security is other than temporarily impaired, a loss for the difference between the investment security’s carrying
value and its fair value may be recognized as a reduction to noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. If we
intend to sell an investment in debt security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell it before recovery, an OTTI
write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value.
If we do not intend to sell the investment security and conclude that it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell the
security before recovering the carrying value, which may be maturity, the OTTI charge is separated into “credit” and “other”
components. The “credit” component of the OTTI is included as a reduction to noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements
of Income and the “other” component of the OTTI is included in other comprehensive income (loss), net of the tax effect. We are
required to use our judgment in determining impairment in certain circumstances. The specific identification method is used to
determine realized gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities. All sales are made without recourse.
For additional detail regarding debt securities, see Note 5.
Equity Securities
Following our adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018, as described in “Recent Accounting Pronouncements”, we account
for our investments in equity securities in accordance with ASC 321-10, Investments - Equity Securities. Our equity securities are
classified into one of the two categories and accounted for as follows:
• Equity securities with a readily determinable fair value are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included
in earnings. Any dividends received are recorded in interest income.
• Equity securities without a readily determinable fair value are reported at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus
adjustments resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same
issuer and their impact on fair value. Any dividends received are recorded in interest income.
Equity investments include our Visa Class B share holdings and certain other equity investments. The fair value of equity
investments with readily determinable fair values is primarily obtained from third-party pricing services. For equity investments
without readily determinable fair values, when an orderly transaction for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer is
identified, we use valuation techniques permitted under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, to evaluate the observed transaction(s)
and adjust the fair value of the equity investment.
70
ASC 321-10 also provides guidance related to accounting for impairment of equity securities without readily determinable fair
values. The qualitative assessment to determine whether impairment exists requires the use of our judgment in certain circumstances.
If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we conclude an equity investment without a readily determinable fair value is
impaired, a loss for the difference between the equity investment’s carrying value and its fair value may be recognized as a reduction
to noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
We enter into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase which are treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase
securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The securities underlying the
agreements are assets. Generally, federal funds are purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days.
For additional detail regarding the Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, see Note 12.
Loans
Loans are stated net of deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is recognized using the level yield method. Loan origination
fees, commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loans using a level
yield method over the period to maturity.
A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due
according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on either the present value of expected
future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. All loans restructured in a troubled debt restructuring are considered to be impaired. Impaired loans include loans
within our commercial and industrial, owner-occupied commercial, commercial mortgage, construction, residential and consumer
portfolios. Our policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans, excluding accruing loans, is the same as for nonaccrual
loans discussed below.
In addition to originating loans, we occasionally acquire loans through acquisitions or loan purchase transactions. Certain acquired
loans may exhibit deteriorated credit quality that has occurred since origination and we may not expect to collect all contractual
payments. We account for these purchased credit-impaired loans in accordance with ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities
Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. The loans are initially recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, reflecting the
present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Income recognition on these loans is based on reasonable expectations
on timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. Purchased credit impaired loans are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly
basis with a complete updating of the estimated cash flows on a semi-annual basis. If a loan is determined to be impaired but
considered collateral dependent, it will have no accretable yield.
For additional detail regarding impaired loans, see Note 8. For additional detail regarding purchased credit-impaired loans, see
Note 7.
Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans
Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain
in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.
Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if,
in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the loan is not
well secured and in the process of collection. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is
reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is
placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest
income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Loans are returned to an
accrual status when we assess that the borrower has the ability to make all principal and interest payments in accordance with the
terms of the loan (i.e. including a consistent repayment record, generally six consecutive payments, has been demonstrated).
For additional detail regarding past due and nonaccrual loans, see Note 8.
71
Allowance for Loan Losses
We maintain an allowance for loan losses (allowance) which represents our best estimate of probable losses within our loan
portfolio. As losses are realized, they are charged to the allowance. We establish our allowance in accordance with guidance
provided in ASC 450, Contingencies (ASC 450), ASC 310, Receivables (ASC 310), and the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102,
Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues (SAB 102). The allowance includes two primary
components: (i) an allowance established on loans collectively evaluated for impairment (general allowance), and (ii) an allowance
established on loans individually evaluated for impairment (specific allowance). In addition, we also maintain an allowance for
acquired loans.
The general allowance is calculated on a pooled loan basis using both quantitative and qualitative factors in accordance with ASC
450. The specific allowance is calculated on an individual loan basis when collectability of all contractually due principal and
interest is no longer believed to be probable in accordance with ASC 310-10. Lastly, the allowance related to acquired loans is
calculated when (i) there is deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30,
and (ii) the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition for loans accounted
for under ASC 310-20.
Impairment of troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s
effective interest rate at inception or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Troubled debt
restructurings consist of concessions granted to borrowers facing financial difficulty.
For additional detail regarding the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses, see Note 8.
Fair Value Option
Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at fair value on a loan level basis based upon pricing information obtained from secondary
markets and brokers and applied to loans with similar interest rates and maturities.
Derivative financial instruments related to mortgage banking activities are recorded at fair value and are not designated as accounting
hedges. This includes commitments to originate certain fixed-rate residential mortgage loans for customers, also referred to as
interest rate lock commitments. We may also enter into forward sale commitments to sell loans to investors at a fixed price at a
future date and trade asset-backed securities to mitigate the effect of interest rate risk.
Other Real Estate Owned
Upon initial receipt, other real estate owned (OREO) is recorded at the estimated fair value less disposal costs. Costs subsequently
incurred to improve the assets are included in the carrying value provided that the resultant carrying value does not exceed estimated
fair value less disposal costs. We periodically evaluate the OREO for impairment and write-down the value of the asset when
declines in fair value below the carrying value are identified. Costs relating to holding or disposing of the assets are charged to
expense in the current period. Loan workout and OREO expenses include costs of holding and operating the assets, net gains or
losses on sales of the assets and provisions for losses to reduce such assets to the estimated fair values less disposal costs.
For additional detail regarding other real estate owned, see Note 8.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs of major replacements,
improvements and additions are capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the terms of the related lease or effective useful lives of the respective
asset, whichever is less. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over
three, five and ten years, respectively. Premises and equipment acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at fair
value and subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
For additional detail regarding premises and equipment, see Note 9.
72
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We account for intangible assets in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805) and ASC 350, Intangibles-
Goodwill and Other (ASC 350). Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting consist
of goodwill and other intangible assets. Accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets requires the Company to make
significant judgments, particularly with respect to estimating the fair value of each reporting unit and when required, estimating
the fair value of net assets. The estimates utilize historical data, cash flows, and market and industry data specific to each reporting
unit as well as projected data. Industry and market data are used to develop material assumptions such as transaction multiples,
required rates of return, control premiums, transaction costs and synergies of a transaction, and capitalization.
Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to periodic impairment testing. We review goodwill for impairment annually and more
frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. During 2018,
management moved our annual goodwill impairment test date from October 31 to October 1 in an effort to more closely align the
impairment testing with our strategic business planning and forecasting process and provide the Company with additional time
to complete our annual testing. The change will be applied prospectively and WSFS will conduct only one goodwill impairment
test in 2018 as the new testing date is before our previous date. This change does not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment
charge.
Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We review other intangible assets with
finite lives for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
For additional information regarding our goodwill and intangible assets, see Note 10.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred due to temporary
differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities.
We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740). ASC 740 requires the recording of deferred
income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. It prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement
attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position
will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.
A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater
than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously
recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent
financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and
disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.
On December 22, 2017 the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Reform Act), was enacted. See Note 15 - Taxes on Income for further
information. As a result, the Company elected to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act from accumulated other
comprehensive income to retained earnings for approximately $1.7 million in accordance with ASC 220, Income Statement -
Reporting Comprehensive Income and ASC 740. See Note 23.
For additional detail regarding income taxes, see Note 15.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation. Compensation expense relating
to all share-based payments is recognized on a straight-line basis, over the applicable vesting period.
For additional detail regarding stock-based compensation, see Note 16.
73
Senior Debt
On September 1, 2017, we redeemed $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.25% senior notes due 2019 which were
issued in 2012 (the 2012 senior notes). The 2012 senior notes were repaid using a portion of the proceeds from our 2016 issuance
of senior unsecured fixed-to-floating rate notes (the 2016 senior notes) described below. We recorded noninterest expense of $0.7
million due to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with this redemption.
On June 13, 2016, the Company issued $100.0 million of the 2016 senior notes. The 2016 senior notes mature on June 15, 2026
and have a fixed coupon rate of 4.50% from issuance until June 15, 2021 and a variable coupon rate of three month LIBOR plus
3.30% from June 15, 2021 until maturity. The 2016 senior notes may be redeemed beginning on June 15, 2021 at 100% of principal
plus accrued and unpaid interest. The remaining net proceeds from the issuance of the 2016 senior notes are being used for general
corporate purposes.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Accounting Guidance Adopted in 2018
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue
Recognition. ASU No. 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers
using a five-step model in which entities should exercise judgment when considering the terms of the contracts. In August 2015,
the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date. This
amendment deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Principal
versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Gross versus Net), which amends the principal versus agent guidance and clarifies that
the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer. In
addition, the FASB issued ASU Nos. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts
with Customers and 2016-12, Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, both of which provide additional clarification
on certain provisions in Topic 606. These ASC updates were effective for public business entities with annual and interim reporting
periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified
retrospective with the cumulative effect transition method. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2018. Consistent
with the transition guidance in ASC 606, results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented in accordance
with ASC 606, while prior period amounts are reported in accordance with ASC 605. For revenue streams determined to be within
the scope of the new standard, we concluded that the adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on our Consolidated
Financial Statements at the time of adoption. See Note 3 for additional disclosures resulting from our adoption of this standard.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10), Recognition and
Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This amendment requires that equity investments be measured at fair
value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. When fair value is not readily determinable, an entity may elect to
measure the equity investment at cost, less impairment, plus or minus any change in the investment’s observable price. For financial
liabilities that are measured at fair value, the amendment requires an entity to present separately, in other comprehensive income,
any change in fair value resulting from a change in instrument specific credit risk. This guidance is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The standard
requires retrospective application for equity investments with readily determinable fair values and prospective application for
equity investments without readily determinable fair values. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2018, on a prospective
basis for its equity investments without readily determinable fair values, and the adoption of the standard did not have an effect
on our Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption. Subsequent to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2017, we identified observable transactions related to an equity investment without a readily
determinable fair value. These identified, observable transactions required the revaluation of this equity investment. The result of
the initial revaluation was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the first quarter of 2018. See Note 18 for further
information.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts
and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 represents the Emerging Issues Task Force’s final consensus on eight issues related to the
classification of cash payments and receipts in the statement of cash flows for a number of common transactions. The consensus
also clarifies when identifiable cash flows should be separated versus classified based on their predominant source or use. This
guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early
adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018, on a
retrospective basis and the adoption did not have an effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
74
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business.
ASU 2017-01 provides a new, two-step framework for determining whether a transaction is accounted for as an acquisition (or
disposal) of assets or a business. The first step is evaluating whether substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired
is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the transaction is not considered a
business. Also, in order to be considered a business, the transaction would need to include an input and a substantive process that
together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The guidance is effective for public entities in annual and interim
periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported
in financial statements that have been issued or been made available for issuance. The Company adopted this standard on January
1, 2018, on a prospective basis with no impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption.
In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for
Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets. ASU 2017-05 provides clarification of the scope of ASC 610-20. Specifically, the new
guidance clarifies that ASC 610-20 applies to nonfinancial assets which do not meet the definition of a business or not-for-profit
activity. Further, a financial asset is within the scope of ASC 610-20 if it meets the definition of an in-substance nonfinancial asset
which is defined as a financial asset promised to a counterparty in a contract where substantially all of the assets promised are
nonfinancial. Finally, each distinct nonfinancial asset and in-substance nonfinancial asset should be derecognized when the
counterparty obtains control. The guidance is effective in annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted for all entities, but not before annual reporting periods beginning after December
15, 2016. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018, on a modified retrospective basis and the adoption did not have
an effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic
Postretirement Benefit Cost. The new guidance requires that the service cost component of net periodic pension cost be disclosed
with other compensation costs in the income statement. For all other cost components, an entity must either separately disclose
the other cost components in separate line item(s) outside a subtotal of income from operations in the income statement or disclose
the line item(s) used to present the other cost components in the income statement. The guidance is effective in annual and interim
periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard on
January 1, 2018, on a retrospective basis with no impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Scope of Modification Accounting. The new guidance clarifies when changes
to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as modifications. If the award’s fair value, vesting
conditions and classification remain the same immediately before and after the change, modification accounting is not applied.
Additionally, the guidance does not require valuation before or after the change if the change does not affect any of the inputs to
the model used to value the award. The guidance is effective in annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017.
Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance will be applied on a prospective basis to awards modified on or after the adoption
date. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018, on a prospective basis with no impact to the Consolidated Financial
Statements at the time of adoption.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill
Impairment. ASU 2017-04 simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by removing the hypothetical purchase price
allocation. The new guidance requires an impairment of goodwill be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying
value exceeds its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill recorded. The guidance is effective in annual and interim periods in
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests with measurement
dates after January 1, 2017, using the prospective method of adoption. The Company elected to early adopt this standard on
December 31, 2018, on a prospective basis, with no impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption.
75
Accounting Guidance Pending Adoption at December 31, 2018
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU revises the accounting related to lessee
accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset for
substantially all leases. The new lease guidance also simplifies the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily because
lessees must recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the first interim period within annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Adoption using the comparative modified retrospective
transition approach is required; however, in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases-Targeted Improvements, which
provides an optional transition method whereby comparative periods presented in the financial statements in the period of adoption
do not need to be restated under Topic 842. The Company will adopt this guidance on January 1, 2019 using the comparative
modified retrospective method and has elected to apply the package of practical expedients to ease transition. The Company
completed our comprehensive lease analysis including implementation of a new software, review and update of our accounting
policies, processes and related internal controls to reflect changes from the standard. The adoption of ASC 842 will result in the
recognition of a ROU asset of $121.0 million and a lease liability of $132.1 million on our Consolidated Statements of Financial
Condition. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have an impact on the Company’s other Consolidated Financial Statements. We will
provide additional detail to our leases disclosures on a prospective basis, beginning in the first quarter of 2019.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326). ASU 2016-13 replaces the
incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of
a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented
at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. Purchased credit impaired loans will receive
an allowance account at the acquisition date that represents a component of the purchase price allocation. Credit losses relating
to available-for-sale debt securities will be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with such allowance limited to the
amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements
to Topic 326, which clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of Topic 326. In December
2018, regulators issued a final rule related to regulatory capital (Regulatory Capital Rule: Implementation and Transition of the
Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology for Allowances and Related Adjustments to the Regulatory Capital Rule and
Conforming Amendments to Other Regulations) which is intended to provide regulatory capital relief for entities transitioning to
CECL. The Company does not plan to early adopt this guidance and will adopt this guidance on January 1, 2020. A cross-functional
team from Finance, Credit, and IT is leading the implementation efforts to evaluate the impact of this guidance on the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements, internal systems, accounting policies, processes and related internal controls. Presently, we
are in the process of implementing a software solution to assist us with the initial and on-going requirements of the new guidance.
We are also continuing to evaluate the acceptable methodologies, accounting policies, and reporting requirements under the
guidance as well as implementation and transition rules issued by regulators. We continue to consult with third-party experts and
specialists, where necessary, to assist with the implementation efforts. Our implementation efforts to date suggest that adoption
may materially increase the allowance for loan losses and decrease capital levels; however, the extent of these impacts will depend
on the asset quality of the portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, and significant estimates and judgments made by management
at the time of adoption.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-08, Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The new
guidance requires the amortization period for certain non-contingent callable debt securities held at a premium to end at the earliest
call date of the debt security. If the call option is not exercised at the earliest call date, the guidance requires the debt security's
effective yield to be reset based on the contractual payment terms of the debt security. The guidance is effective in annual and
interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. Use of the modified retrospective
method, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings is required. The Company will adopt this standard on January
1, 2019 with no expected impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption.
76
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (Topic 815).
The new guidance changes both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and simplifies
the presentation of hedge results. Specifically, the guidance eliminates the requirement to separately measure and report hedge
ineffectiveness and also aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in
the financial statements. Further, the new guidance provides entities the ability to apply hedge accounting to additional hedging
strategies as well as permits a one-time reclassification of eligible to be hedged instruments from held to maturity to available for
sale upon adoption. The guidance is effective in annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption
is permitted. Adoption using the modified retrospective approach is required for hedging relationships that exist as of the date of
adoption; presentation and disclosure requirements are applied prospectively. The Company will adopt this standard on January
1, 2019 with no expected impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements at the time of adoption. We will provide additional
details to our hedging disclosures, beginning in the first quarter of 2019. In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-16,
Derivatives and Hedging - Inclusion of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a
Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes (Topic 815). The new guidance applies to all entities that elect to apply
hedge accounting to benchmark interest rate hedges under Topic 815. It permits the use of the OIS rate based on SOFR as a U.S.
benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes in addition to the existing applicable rates. The guidance is required to be
adopted concurrently with ASU 2017-12, on a prospective basis for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered
into on or after adoption. The Company will adopt this standard on January 1, 2019 with no expected impact to the Consolidated
Financial Statements at the time of adoption.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement Disclosure Framework, which amends ASC 820 -
Fair Value Measurement. The ASU modifies, adds and removes certain disclosures aimed to improve the overall usefulness of
the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The guidance is effective in annual and interim periods in fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption is required on both a prospective and retrospective
basis depending on the amendment. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on
its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Compensation-Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans-General (Topic
715) which applies to all employers that provide defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans for their employees.
The ASU modifies, adds and removes certain disclosures aimed to improve the overall usefulness of the disclosure requirements
to financial statement users. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is
permitted. Use of the retrospective method is required. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a
material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Topic 350). The
new guidance provides clarity on capitalizing and expensing implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements in a service
contract. If an implementation cost is capitalized, the cost should be recognized over the noncancellable term and periodically
assessed for impairment. The guidance is effective in annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2019. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption should be applied retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred
after the date of adoption. Our preliminary review of this guidance to date suggests that adoption may result in a material amount
of implementation costs being deferred; however, the extent of the impact will depend on the cloud computing implementations
occurring at the time of adoption.
77
3. NONINTEREST INCOME
On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and all subsequent ASUs
that modified Topic 606. The standard applies to certain revenue streams included in noninterest income on our audited Consolidated
Statements of Income. See Note 2 for further information about our adoption of ASU 2014-09, and Note 21 for further information
about the disaggregation of noninterest income by segment.
Credit/debit card and ATM income
The following table presents the components of credit/debit card and ATM income:
(Dollars in thousands)
Bailment fees
Interchange fees
Other card and ATM fees
Total credit/debit card and ATM income
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
$
27,767
$
21,360
$
14,982
1,088
13,696
1,060
43,837
$
36,116
$
16,823
12,390
686
29,899
Credit/debit card and ATM income is primarily composed of bailment fees which are earned from bailment arrangements with
our customers. Bailment arrangements are legal relationships in which property is delivered to another party’s temporary custody
and control without a transfer of ownership. The party receiving the property (the bailee) has possession and control of the property
and is obligated to take reasonable care of the property. The party who transferred the property (the bailor) retains ownership
interest of the property. In the event that the bailee files for bankruptcy protection, the property is not included in the bailee’s
assets. The bailee pays an agreed-upon fee for the use of the bailor’s property in exchange for the bailor allowing use of the assets
at the bailee's site. Bailment fees are earned from cash that is owned by WSFS but available for customers’ use at an offsite location,
such as cash located in an ATM at a customer’s place of business. These fees are typically indexed to a market interest rate. This
revenue stream generates fee income through monthly billing for bailment services.
Credit/debit card and ATM income also includes interchange fees. Interchange fees are paid by a merchant's bank to a bank that
issued a debit or credit card used in a transaction to compensate the issuing bank for the value and benefit the merchant receives
from accepting electronic payments. These revenue streams generate fee income at the time a transaction occurs and are recorded
as revenue at the time of the transaction.
Investment management and fiduciary income
The following table presents the components of investment management and fiduciary income:
(Dollars in thousands)
Trust fees
Wealth management and advisory fees
Total investment management and fiduciary income
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
$
23,386
16,216
39,602
$
$
19,651
15,452
35,103
$
$
17,978
7,713
25,691
Investment management and fiduciary income is primarily composed of trust fees and wealth management and advisory fees.
Trust fees are based on revenue earned from investment and trustee services to families and individuals across the U.S.; custody,
escrow and trustee services on structured finance transactions; indenture trustee, administrative agent and collateral agent services
to institutions and corporations; and commercial domicile and independent director services. Most fees are flat fees, except for a
portion of personal and corporate trustee fees where we earn a percentage on AUM. This revenue stream primarily generates fee
income through monthly, quarterly and annual billings for services provided.
Wealth management and advisory fees consists of fees from Cypress, West Capital, Powdermill, WSFS Wealth Client Management,
WSFS Wealth Investments and WSFS Institutional Services. Wealth management and advisory fees are based on revenue earned
from services including asset management, financial planning, family office, and, to a lesser extent, brokerage. The fees are based
on the market value of assets or are assessed as a flat fee. This revenue stream primarily generates fee income through quarterly
and annual billing for the services.
78
Deposit service charges
The following table presents the components of deposit service charges:
(Dollars in thousands)
Service fees
Return and overdraft fees
Other deposit service fees
Total deposit service charges
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
$
10,526
$
10,073
$
7,676
569
7,650
595
9,162
7,969
603
18,771
$
18,318
$
17,734
Deposit service charges includes revenue earned from our core deposit products, certificates of deposit, and brokered deposits.
We generate revenues from deposit service charges primarily through service charges and overdraft fees. Service charges consist
primarily of monthly account maintenance fees, cash management fees, foreign ATM fees and other maintenance fees. All of these
revenue streams generate fee income through service charges for monthly account maintenance and similar items, transfer fees,
late fees, overlimit fees, and stop payment fees. Revenue is recorded at the time of the transaction.
Other income
The following table presents the components of other income:
(Dollars in thousands)
Managed service fees
Currency preparation
ATM insurance
Miscellaneous products and services
Total other income
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
12,113
$
10,984
$
11,244
3,575
2,394
8,773
2,900
2,795
6,388
2,706
3,040
1,959
26,855
$
23,067
$
18,949
$
$
Other income consists of managed service fees, which are primarily courier fees related to cash management, currency preparation,
ATM insurance and other miscellaneous products and services offered by the Bank. These fees are primarily generated through
monthly billings or at the time of the transaction.
Arrangements with multiple performance obligations
Our contracts with customers may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate revenue to each
performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices based on
the prices charged to customers.
Practical expedients and exemptions
We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year
or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.
79
Table of Contents
The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:
4. EARNINGS PER SHARE
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income
Denominator:
Weighted average shares
Dilutive potential common shares
Weighted average fully diluted shares
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect
2018
2017
2016
$
134,743
$
50,244
$
64,080
31,570
597
32,167
31,419
884
32,303
$
$
$
$
4.27
4.19
18
$
$
1.60
1.56
2
30,276
810
31,086
2.12
2.06
18
80
The following tables detail the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of our investments in available-for-sale and held-to-
maturity debt securities as well as our equity investments. None of our investments are classified as trading.
5. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
CMO
FNMA MBS
FHLMC MBS
GNMA MBS
Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities(1)
State and political subdivisions
Equity Investments(2)
Visa Class B shares
Other equity investments
Amortized
Cost
376,867
655,485
155,758
36,117
1,224,227
149,950
13,918
3,300
17,218
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
December 31, 2018
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Loss
Gain
Fair
Value
371,750
644,073
153,922
35,334
1,205,079
149,431
6,838
12,938
2,394
880
23,050
794
$
$
$
— $
—
— $
33,933
3,300
37,233
1,721
1,526
558
97
3,902
275
20,015
—
20,015
$
$
$
$
$
(1) Held-to-maturity securities transferred from available-for-sale are included in held-to-maturity at fair value at the time of transfer. The amortized cost of
held-to-maturity securities included net unrealized gains of $1.0 million at December 31, 2018, related to securities transferred, which are offset in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax.
(2) Equity investments are included in Other investments in the audited Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
CMO
FNMA MBS
FHLMC MBS
GNMA MBS
Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities(1)
State and political subdivisions
Equity Investments(2)(3)
Other equity investments
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2017
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Loss
Gain
$
$
$
$
$
250,592
479,218
88,681
29,300
847,791
161,186
643
643
$
$
$
$
$
88
941
118
209
1,356
1,758
$
$
$
— $
— $
4,141
6,172
924
411
11,648
91
20
20
$
$
$
$
$
Fair
Value
246,539
473,987
87,875
29,098
837,499
162,853
623
623
(1) Held-to-maturity securities transferred from available-for-sale are included in held-to-maturity at fair value at the time of transfer. The amortized cost of
held-to-maturity securities included net unrealized gains of $1.6 million at December 31, 2017, related to securities transferred, which are offset in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax.
(2) Equity investments are included in Other investments in the audited Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
(3) This mutual fund was sold in 2018.
81
The scheduled maturities of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are presented
in the table below:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018 (1)
Within one year
After one year but within five years
After five years but within ten years
After ten years
December 31, 2017 (1) (2)
Within one year
After one year but within five years
After five years but within ten years
After ten years
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018 (1)
Within one year
After one year but within five years
After five years but within ten years
After ten years
December 31, 2017 (1)
Within one year
After one year but within five years
After five years but within ten years
After ten years
Available-for-Sale
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
— $
19,714
170,118
1,034,395
1,224,227
$
— $
20,051
179,812
647,928
847,791
$
—
19,423
163,731
1,021,925
1,205,079
—
19,825
175,583
642,091
837,499
Held-to-Maturity
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
1,018
6,703
29,613
112,616
149,950
322
5,895
18,751
136,218
161,186
$
$
$
$
1,016
6,701
29,547
112,167
149,431
320
5,894
18,873
137,766
162,853
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1) Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities.
(2)
Included in the investment portfolio, but not in the table above, is a mutual fund with an amortized cost and fair value as of December 31, 2017 of $0.6
million which had no stated maturity and which was sold in 2018.
Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) may have expected maturities that differ from their contractual maturities. These differences
arise because issuers may have the right to call securities and borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without
prepayment penalty.
Investment securities with fair market values aggregating $914.5 million and $688.2 million were pledged as collateral for retail
customer repurchase agreements, municipal deposits, and other obligations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
During 2018, we sold $7.0 million of debt securities categorized as available for sale, resulting in realized gains of less than $0.1
million and no realized losses. During 2017, we sold $457.0 million of debt securities categorized as available for sale, resulting
in realized gains of $2.1 million and realized losses of less than $0.1 million. The cost basis of all investment securities sales is
based on the specific identification method. During 2016, we sold $201.8 million of investment securities categorized as available
for sale, resulting in realized gains of $2.4 million and realized losses of less than $0.1 million.
During 2018, we sold $6.2 million of equity securities, specifically Visa Class B shares, resulting in realized gains of $3.8 million
and no realized losses. There were no such sales 2017 or 2016.
As of December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, our debt securities portfolio had remaining unamortized premiums of $12.7
million and $14.1 million, respectively, and unaccreted discounts of $2.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
82
For those debt securities with unrealized losses, the table below shows our gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment
category and length of time that individual debt securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018.
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-sale debt securities:
CMO
FNMA MBS
FHLMC MBS
GNMA MBS
Duration of Unrealized Loss Position
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
$
17,143
$
40
$
212,208
$
6,798
$
229,351
$
34,214
16,025
5,837
162
21
79
407,638
76,469
21,805
12,776
2,373
801
441,852
92,494
27,642
6,838
12,938
2,394
880
Total temporarily impaired investments
$
73,219
$
302
$
718,120
$
22,748
$
791,339
$
23,050
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
State and political subdivisions
Total temporarily impaired investments
$
$
91,228
91,228
$
$
155
155
$
$
58,203
58,203
$
$
639
639
$
$
149,431
149,431
$
$
794
794
For those debt securities with unrealized losses, the table below shows our gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment
category and length of time that individual debt securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017.
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-sale debt securities:
CMO
FNMA MBS
FHLMC MBS
GNMA MBS
Duration of Unrealized Loss Position
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
$
146,726
$
1,820
$
77,149
$
2,321
$
223,875
$
204,921
42,514
4,615
1,479
269
56
126,342
21,405
14,782
4,693
655
355
331,263
63,919
19,397
4,141
6,172
924
411
Total temporarily impaired investments
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
State and political subdivisions
Total temporarily impaired investments
Other equity investments
$
$
$
$
398,776
$
3,624
$
239,678
$
8,024
$
638,454
$
11,648
23,404
23,404
$
$
59
59
$
$
5,625
5,625
— $
— $
624
$
$
$
32
32
20
$
$
$
29,029
29,029
624
$
$
$
91
91
20
At December 31, 2018, we owned debt securities totaling $940.8 million for which the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value.
Total unrealized losses on these securities were $23.8 million at December 31, 2018. The temporary impairment is the result of
changes in market interest rates subsequent to purchase. Our investment portfolio is reviewed each quarter for indications of OTTI.
This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the amortized cost,
the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of
the issuer and our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for full recovery of the unrealized
loss. We evaluate our intent and ability to hold debt securities based upon our investment strategy for the particular type of security
and our cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position. We do not have the intent to sell, nor
is it more likely-than-not we will be required to sell these securities before we are able to recover the amortized cost basis.
All debt securities, with the exception of one having a fair value of $0.6 million at December 31, 2018, were AA- rated or better
at the time of purchase and remained investment grade at December 31, 2018. All securities were evaluated for OTTI at
December 31, 2018 and 2017. The result of this evaluation showed no OTTI as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. The estimated
weighted average duration of MBS was 4.7 years at December 31, 2018.
83
The following table shows our loan portfolio by category:
6. LOANS
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial
Owner-occupied commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential real estate(1)
Consumer
Less:
Deferred fees, net
Allowance for loan losses
Net loans
December 31,
$
2018
1,472,489
1,059,974
1,162,739
316,566
218,099
680,939
4,910,806
2017
1,464,554
1,079,247
1,187,705
281,608
253,301
558,493
4,824,908
7,348
39,539
4,863,919
$
7,991
40,599
4,776,318
$
$
(1)
Includes reverse mortgages, at fair value of $16.5 million and $19.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Nonaccruing loans totaled $30.1 million and $36.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. If interest on all such
loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual terms, net interest income would have increased by $2.0 million and $1.8
million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The total amounts of loans serviced for others were $98.6 million and $102.5 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively,
which consisted of residential first mortgage loans and reverse mortgage loans. We received fees from the servicing of loans of
$0.5 million and $0.4 million during 2018 and 2017, respectively.
We record mortgage servicing rights on our mortgage loan servicing portfolio, which includes mortgages that we acquire or
originate as well as mortgages that we service for others, and servicing rights on SBA loans. Mortgage servicing rights and Small
Business Administration (SBA) loan servicing rights are included are in Intangible assets in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition. Mortgage loans which we service for others are not included in Loans, net of allowance for
loan losses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Servicing rights represent the present value of
the future net servicing fees from servicing mortgage loans we acquire or originate, or that we service for others. The value of our
mortgage servicing rights was $0.3 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and the value of our
SBA loan servicing rights was $1.1 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Changes in the value
of these servicing rights resulted in net losses of $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million during 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Revenues from originating, marketing and servicing mortgage loans as well as valuation adjustments related to capitalized mortgage
servicing rights are included in Mortgage Banking Activities, Net in the Consolidated Statements of Income and revenues from
our SBA loan servicing rights are included in Loan fee income, in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Accrued interest receivable on loans outstanding was $17.0 million and $15.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
84
7. ACQUIRED CREDIT IMPAIRED LOANS
We account for acquired loans that have deteriorated in credit quality since their origination, and for which it is probable that all
contractual cash flows will not be received, in accordance with ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated
Credit Quality (ASC 310-30). Under ASC 310-30, acquired loans are generally considered accruing and performing as the loans
accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when expected cash flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, acquired
impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing as long as the estimated cash
flows are expected to be received. If the timing and amount of cash flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans may be classified
as nonaccrual loans and interest income may be recognized on a cash basis or as a reduction of the principal amount outstanding.
Credit deterioration evident at the acquisition date is included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition
date. Updates to expected cash flows for acquired impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 since acquisition has resulted
in a provision for loan losses of $0.2 million and $0.4 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, due to changes in the amount and
timing of expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition.
The following is the outstanding principal balance and carrying amounts for all acquired credit impaired loans for which the
company applies ASC 310-30 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
(Dollars in thousands)
Outstanding principal balance
Carrying amount
Allowance for loan losses
December 31, 2018
18,642
$
14,718
227
December 31, 2017
27,034
$
21,295
358
The following table presents the changes in accretable yield on all acquired credit impaired loans for the years indicated:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2016
Accretion
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference
Additions/adjustments
Disposals
Balance at December 31, 2017
Accretion
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference
Additions/adjustments
Disposals
Balance at December 31, 2018
Accretable Yield
5,150
(2,636)
2,015
(1,149)
(345)
3,035
(1,704)
1,527
(395)
—
2,463
$
$
$
85
8. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY INFORMATION
Allowance for Loan Losses
We maintain an allowance for loan losses which represents our best estimate of probable losses in our loan portfolio. As losses
are realized, they are charged to this allowance. We established our allowance in accordance with guidance provided in ASC 450,
Contingencies (ASC 450), ASC 310, Receivables (ASC 310), and the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102, Selected Loan Loss
Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues (SAB 102). When we have reason to believe it is probable that we will not
be able to collect all contractually due amounts of principal and interest, loans are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis
and a specific allocation of the allowance is assigned in accordance with ASC 310-10. We also maintain an allowance for loan
losses on acquired loans when: (i) for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, there is deterioration in credit quality subsequent
to acquisition and (ii) for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20, the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit
discount recorded at the time of acquisition. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment
reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified impaired loans as well as probable loan losses in the
remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based on a continuing review of these portfolios. The following are included in our
allowance for loan losses:
Specific reserves for impaired loans
•
• An allowance for each pool of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience
• Adjustments for qualitative and environmental factors allocated to pools of homogeneous loans
When it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due (interest and principal) in accordance with the contractual
terms of the loan agreement, it assigns a specific reserve to that loan, as necessary. Unless loans are well-secured and collection
is imminent, loans greater than 90 days past due are deemed impaired and their respective reserves are generally charged off once
the loss has been confirmed. Estimated specific reserves are based on collateral values, estimates of future cash flows or market
valuations. We charge loans off when they are deemed to be uncollectible. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017,
net charge-offs totaled $14.2 million, or 0.29% of average loans, and $10.1 million or 0.30% of average loans, respectively.
Allowances for pooled homogeneous loans, that are not deemed impaired, are based on historical net loss experience. Estimated
losses for pooled portfolios are determined differently for commercial loan pools and retail loan pools. Commercial loans are
pooled as follows: commercial, owner-occupied commercial, commercial mortgages and construction. Each pool is further
segmented by internally assessed risk ratings. Loan losses for commercial loans are estimated by determining the probability of
default and expected loss severity upon default. The probability of default is calculated based on the historical rate of migration
to impaired status during the last 32 quarters. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we increased the look-back period to 32
quarters from 28 quarters used at December 31, 2017. This increase in the look-back period allows us to continue to anchor to the
fourth quarter of 2010 to ensure that the quantitative reserves calculated by the allowance for loan loss model are adequately
considering the losses within a full credit cycle.
Loss severity upon default is calculated as the actual loan losses (net of recoveries) on impaired loans in their respective pool
during the same time frame. Retail loans are pooled into the following segments: residential mortgage, consumer secured and
consumer unsecured loans. Pooled reserves for retail loans are calculated based solely on average net loss rates over the same
32 quarter look-back period.
Qualitative adjustment factors consider various current internal and external conditions which are allocated among loan types and
take into consideration:
Internal trends of delinquency, nonaccrual and criticized loans by segment,
• Current underwriting policies, staff, and portfolio mix,
•
• Risk rating accuracy, control and regulatory assessments/environment,
• General economic conditions - locally and nationally,
• Market trends impacting collateral values, and
• The competitive environment, as it could impact loan structure and underwriting.
The above factors are based on their relative standing compared to the period in which historic losses are used in quantitative
reserve estimates and current directional trends. Qualitative factors in our model can add to or subtract from quantitative reserves.
The allowance methodology uses a loss emergence period (LEP), which is the period of time between an event that triggers the
probability of a loss and the confirmation of the loss. We estimate the commercial LEP to be approximately nine quarters as of
December 31, 2018. Our residential mortgage and consumer LEP remained at four quarters as of December 31, 2018. We evaluate
LEP quarterly for reasonableness and complete a detailed historical analysis of our LEP annually for our commercial portfolio
and review of the current four quarter LEP for the retail portfolio to determine the continued reasonableness of this assumption.
86
In prior periods, our allowance methodology included a component related to model estimation and complexity risk. During the
second quarter of 2016, as a result of continued refinement of the model and normal review of the factors, we removed the model
estimation and complexity risk component from our calculation of the allowance for loan losses.
Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review the conditions and risks associated with individual
problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review our loan ratings and allowance for loan losses and the
Bank’s internal loan review department performs loan reviews.
The following tables provide the activity of our allowance for loan losses and loan balances for the years ended December 31,
2018, 2017 and 2016:
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Owner-
occupied
Commercial
Commercial
Mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (credit)
Provision (credit) for acquired loans
Ending balance
Period-end allowance allocated to:
Loans individually evaluated for
impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Acquired loans evaluated for
impairment
Ending balance
Period-end loan balances:
Loans individually evaluated for
impairment(2)
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Acquired nonimpaired loans
Acquired impaired loans
Ending balance(3)
$
16,732
$
5,422
$
5,891
$
2,861
$
1,798
$
7,895
$
40,599
(12,130)
1,381
8,328
(100)
(417)
34
(38)
56
(255)
255
924
(9)
(1,475)
3
2,341
(18)
(91)
154
(404)
(29)
(2,615)
(16,983)
926
2,126
(7)
2,753
13,277
(107)
14,211
$
5,057
$
6,806
$
3,712
$
1,428
$
8,325
$
39,539
876
$
— $
— $
444
$
543
$
168
$
2,031
13,334
4,965
6,727
3,254
1
92
79
14
847
38
8,155
37,282
2
226
14,211
$
5,057
$
6,806
$
3,712
$
1,428
$
8,325
$
39,539
14,837
$
4,406
$
4,083
$
2,781
$
11,017
$
7,883
$
45,007
$
$
$
$
1,366,151
89,970
1,531
938,934
112,386
4,248
1,005,504
310,511
145,648
7,504
2,525
749
132,064
57,708
761
651,160
21,745
151
4,404,324
429,982
14,944
$
1,472,489
$
1,059,974
$
1,162,739
$
316,566
$
201,550
$
680,939
$
4,894,257
87
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Allowance for loan losses
Owner-
occupied
Commercial
Commercial
Mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
Total
Beginning balance
$
13,339
$
6,588
$
8,915
$
2,838
$
2,059
$
6,012
$
39,751
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (credit)
Provision (credit) for acquired loans
Ending balance
Period-end allowance allocated to:
Loans individually evaluated for
impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Acquired loans evaluated for
impairment
Ending balance
Period-end loan balances:
Loans individually evaluated for
impairment(2)
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Acquired nonimpaired loans
Acquired impaired loans
Ending balance(3)
(5,008)
1,355
6,972
74
(296)
127
(1,098)
101
(4,612)
255
1,160
173
(574)
306
222
69
(168)
178
(300)
29
(3,184)
1,505
3,572
(10)
(13,842)
3,726
10,528
436
16,732
$
5,422
$
5,891
$
2,861
$
1,798
$
7,895
$
40,599
3,687
$
— $
18
$
— $
760
$
193
$
4,658
12,871
5,410
5,779
2,828
1,002
7,693
35,583
174
12
94
33
36
9
358
16,732
$
5,422
$
5,891
$
2,861
$
1,798
$
7,895
$
40,599
19,196
$
3,655
$
6,076
$
6,022
$
13,778
$
7,588
$
56,315
$
$
$
$
1,324,636
116,566
4,156
933,352
136,437
5,803
983,400
188,505
9,724
258,887
15,759
940
146,621
72,304
784
514,713
35,945
247
4,161,609
565,516
21,654
$
1,464,554
$
1,079,247
$
1,187,705
$
281,608
$
233,487
$
558,493
$
4,805,094
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Year Ended December 31, 2016
Allowance for loan losses
Owner-
occupied
Commercial
Commercial
Mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
Risk (1)
Total
Complexity
Beginning balance
$
11,156
$
6,670
$
6,487
$
3,521
$
2,281
$
5,964
$
1,010
$
37,089
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (credit)
Provision for acquired loans
(5,052)
(1,556)
594
6,260
381
117
1,163
194
(422)
322
2,466
62
(57)
484
(1,117)
7
(88)
254
(422)
34
(6,152)
1,232
4,989
(21)
—
—
(1,010)
—
(13,327)
3,003
12,329
657
Ending balance
$
13,339
$
6,588
$
8,915
$
2,838
$
2,059
$
6,012
$
— $
39,751
Period-end allowance allocated to:
Loans individually evaluated
for impairment
$
Loans collectively evaluated
for impairment
Acquired loans evaluated for
impairment
322
$
— $
1,247
$
217
$
911
$
198
$
— $
2,895
12,834
6,573
7,482
2,535
1,125
5,797
183
15
186
86
23
17
—
—
36,346
510
Ending balance
$
13,339
$
6,588
$
8,915
$
2,838
$
2,059
$
6,012
$
— $
39,751
Period-end loan balances evaluated for:
Loans individually evaluated
for impairment(2)
$
2,266
$
2,078
$
9,898
$
1,419
$
13,547
$
7,863
$
— $
37,071
Loans collectively evaluated
for impairment
Acquired nonimpaired loans
Acquired impaired loans
Ending balance(3)
1,120,193
159,089
6,183
899,590
164,372
12,122
921,333
221,937
10,386
189,468
28,131
3,694
157,738
94,883
860
386,146
55,651
369
—
—
—
3,674,468
724,063
33,614
$ 1,287,731
$ 1,078,162
$ 1,163,554
$
222,712
$
267,028
$
450,029
$
— $ 4,469,216
(1) Represents the portion of the allowance for loan losses established to account for the inherent complexity and uncertainty of estimates.
(2) The difference between this amount and nonaccruing loans represents accruing troubled debt restructured loans which are considered to be impaired loans
of $15.0 million at December 31, 2018, $20.1 million as of December 31, 2017, and $14.3 million at December 31, 2016.
(3) Ending loan balances do not include net deferred fees.
88
Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans
Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Typically, we discontinue accrual of interest on originated
loans after payments become more than 90 days past due or earlier if we do not expect the full collection of principal or interest
in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual
status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the accretion of net deferred loan fees and amortization of net
deferred loan costs is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the
outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal
and interest. Loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as
to principal or interest payments, but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and are in the process
of collection.
The following tables show our nonaccrual and past due loans at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Owner-occupied
commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
(1) (2)
Total
% of Total Loans
30–59 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
60–89 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
Greater Than
90 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
Total Past
Due
And Still
Accruing
Accruing
Current
Balances
Acquired
Impaired
Loans
Nonaccrual
Loans
Total
Loans
$
3,653
$
993
$
733
1,388
157
1,970
525
865
908
—
345
971
$
8,426
$
4,082
$
71
—
—
—
660
104
835
$
4,717
$ 1,452,185
$
1,531
$
14,056
$ 1,472,489
1,598
2,296
157
2,975
1,600
1,049,722
1,148,988
312,879
194,960
677,182
4,248
7,504
749
761
151
4,406
3,951
2,781
2,854
2,006
1,059,974
1,162,739
316,566
201,550
680,939
$ 13,343
$ 4,835,916
$ 14,944
$
30,054
$ 4,894,257
0.17%
0.08%
0.02%
0.27%
98.81%
0.31%
0.61%
100.00%
(1) Balances in table above includes $430.0 million in acquired non-impaired loans.
(2) Residential accruing current balances excludes reverse mortgages at fair value of $16.5 million.
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in thousands)
30–59 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
60–89 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
Greater Than
90 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
Total Past
Due
And Still
Accruing
Accruing
Current
Balances
Acquired
Impaired
Loans
Nonaccrual
Loans
Total Loans
Commercial
$
1,050
$
— $
— $
1,050
$ 1,440,291
$
4,156
$
19,057
$ 1,464,554
Owner-
occupied commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
(1) (2)
% of Total Loans
Total
$
2,069
320
—
2,058
1,117
6,614
233
90
—
731
463
$
1,517
$
—
—
—
356
105
461
$
2,302
410
—
3,145
1,685
8,592
1,067,488
1,171,701
278,864
225,434
554,634
5,803
9,724
940
784
247
3,654
5,870
1,804
4,124
1,927
1,079,247
1,187,705
281,608
233,487
558,493
$ 4,738,412
$
21,654
$
36,436
$ 4,805,094
0.14%
0.03%
0.01%
0.18%
98.61%
0.45%
0.76%
100.00%
(1) Balances in table above includes $565.5 million in acquired non-impaired loans.
(2) Residential accruing current balances excludes reverse mortgages at fair value of $19.8 million.
89
Impaired Loans
Loans for which it is probable we will not collect all principal and interest due according to their contractual terms, which is
assessed based on the credit characteristics of the loan and/or payment status, are measured for impairment in accordance with
the provisions of ASC 310 and SAB 102. The amount of impairment is required to be measured using one of three methods: (1) the
present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the fair value of collateral, if the
loan is collateral dependent or (3) the loan’s observable market price. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded
investment in the loan, a related allowance is allocated for the impairment.
The following tables provide an analysis of our impaired loans at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:
December 31, 2018
Ending
Loan
Balances
Loans with
No Related
Reserve (1)
Loans with
Related
Reserve (2)
Related
Reserve
Contractual
Principal
Balances (2)
Average
Loan
Balances
$
$
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Owner-occupied commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
Total
(1) Reflects loan balances at or written down to their remaining book balance.
(2) The above includes acquired impaired loans totaling $4.3 million in the ending loan balance and $4.8 million in the contractual principal balance.
8,625
4,406
4,083
—
6,442
6,899
30,455
6,216
1,659
1,596
3,530
4,879
1,017
18,897
22,365
6,337
15,372
5,082
13,771
8,573
71,500
14,841
6,065
5,679
3,530
11,321
7,916
49,352
878
92
79
458
581
170
2,258
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
18,484
5,378
7,438
5,091
12,589
7,956
56,936
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Owner-occupied commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
Total
December 31, 2017
Ending
Loan
Balances
Loans
with No
Related
Reserve (1)
Loans with
Related
Reserve (2)
Related
Reserve
Contractual
Principal
Balances (2)
Average
Loan
Balances
$
$
20,842
5,374
7,598
6,292
14,181
7,819
62,106
$
$
3,422
3,654
4,487
6,023
8,282
6,304
32,172
$
$
17,420
1,720
3,111
269
5,899
1,515
29,934
$
$
3,861
12
112
33
796
203
5,017
$
$
23,815
5,717
16,658
6,800
17,015
8,977
78,982
$
$
15,072
5,827
12,630
4,523
14,533
8,158
60,743
(1) Reflects loan balances at or written down to their remaining book balance.
(2) The above includes acquired impaired loans totaling $5.8 million in the ending loan balance and $6.8 million in the contractual principal balance.
Interest income of $0.8 million and $1.0 million was recognized on impaired loans during 2018 and 2017 respectively.
As of December 31, 2018, there were 26 residential loans and 11 commercial loans in the process of foreclosure. The total
outstanding balance on the loans was $1.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there were 33 residential
loans and 8 commercial loans in the process of foreclosure. The total outstanding balance on the loans was $2.9 million and $6.0
million, respectively.
Reserves on Acquired Nonimpaired Loans
In accordance with ASC 310, loans acquired by the Bank through its mergers with First National Bank of Wyoming (FNBW),
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. (Alliance), and Penn Liberty Bank (Penn Liberty) are reflected on the balance sheet at their fair values on
the date of acquisition as opposed to their contractual values. Therefore, on the date of acquisition establishing an allowance for
acquired loans is prohibited. After the acquisition date, the Bank performs a separate allowance analysis on a quarterly basis to
determine if an allowance for loan loss is necessary. Should the credit risk calculated exceed the purchased loan portfolio’s
remaining credit mark, additional reserves will be added to the Bank’s allowance. When a purchased loan becomes impaired after
its acquisition, it is evaluated as part of the Bank’s reserve analysis and a specific reserve is established to be included in the Bank’s
allowance.
90
Credit Quality Indicators
Below is a description of each of our risk ratings for all commercial loans:
• Pass. These borrowers currently show no indication of deterioration or potential problems and their loans are
•
•
considered fully collectible
Special Mention. Borrowers have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Borrowers in this
category may be experiencing adverse operating trends, for example, declining revenues or margins, high leverage, tight
liquidity, or increasing inventory without increasing sales. These adverse trends can have a potential negative effect on
the borrower’s repayment capacity. These assets are not adversely classified and do not expose the Bank to significant
risk that would warrant a more severe rating. Borrowers in this category may also be experiencing significant management
problems, pending litigation, or other structural credit weaknesses.
Substandard. Borrowers have well-defined weaknesses that require extensive oversight by management. Borrowers in
this category may exhibit one or more of the following: inadequate debt service coverage, unprofitable operations,
insufficient liquidity, high leverage, and weak or inadequate capitalization. Relationships in this category are not
adequately protected by the sound financial worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged on the
loan, if any. A distinct possibility exists that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
• Doubtful. Borrowers have well-defined weaknesses inherent in the Substandard category with the added characteristic
that the possibility of loss is extremely high. Current circumstances in the credit relationship make collection or liquidation
in full highly questionable. A doubtful asset has some pending event that may strengthen the asset that defers the loss
classification. Such impending events include: perfecting liens on additional collateral, obtaining collateral valuations,
an acquisition or liquidation preceding, proposed merger, or refinancing plan.
Loss. Loans are uncollectible or of such negligible value that continuance as a bankable asset is not supportable. This
classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical to
defer writing off this asset even though partial recovery may be recognized sometime in the future.
•
Residential and Consumer Loans
The residential and consumer loan portfolios are monitored on an ongoing basis using delinquency information and loan type as
credit quality indicators. These credit quality indicators are assessed in the aggregate in these relatively homogeneous
portfolios. Loans that are greater than 90 days past due are generally considered nonperforming and placed on nonaccrual status.
The following tables provide an analysis of loans by portfolio segment based on the credit quality indicators used to determine
the Allowance for Loan Loss.
Commercial Credit Exposure
(Dollars in thousands)
Risk Rating:
Special mention
Substandard:
Accrual
Nonaccrual
Doubtful
Total Special Mention and
Substandard
Acquired impaired
Pass
Total
Commercial
and Industrial
Owner-
occupied
Commercial
Commercial
Mortgages
Construction
December 31, 2018
Total Commercial (1)
%
Amount
$
8,710
$
21,230
$
— $
— $
29,940
37,424
13,180
876
60,190
1,531
21,081
4,406
—
46,717
4,248
9,767
3,951
—
13,718
7,504
168
2,337
444
2,949
749
68,440
23,874
1,320
123,574
3%
14,032 —%
1,410,768
1,472,489
$
1,009,009
1,059,974
$
1,141,517
1,162,739
$
$
312,868
316,566
$
3,874,162
4,011,768
97%
100%
(1) Table includes $350.5 million of acquired non-impaired loans at December 31, 2018.
91
December 31, 2017
Commercial
and Industrial
Owner-
occupied
Commercial
Commercial
Mortgages
Construction
Total Commercial (1)
%
Amount
$
22,789
$
16,783
$
— $
— $
39,572
34,332
15,370
3,687
76,178
4,156
19,386
3,654
—
39,823
5,803
1,967
5,852
18
7,837
9,724
4,965
1,804
—
6,769
940
60,650
26,680
3,705
130,607
20,623
3%
1%
1,384,220
1,033,621
1,170,144
273,899
3,861,884
96%
$
1,464,554
$
1,079,247
$
1,187,705
$
281,608
$
4,013,114
100%
(Dollars in thousands)
Risk Rating:
Special mention
Substandard:
Accrual
Nonaccrual
Doubtful
Total Special Mention and
Substandard
Acquired impaired
Pass
Total
(1) Table includes $457.3 million of acquired non-impaired loans at December 31, 2017.
Residential and Consumer Credit Exposure
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming (2)
Acquired impaired
loans
Performing
Total
Residential
Consumer
2018
2017
2018
$ 11,017
2017
2018
2017
$
13,778
$
7,883
$
7,588
Amount
$ 18,900
Percent
Amount
Percent
2% $ 21,366
3%
Total Residential and Consumer
(1)
761
784
151
247
912
189,772
218,925
672,905
550,658
862,677
$ 201,550
$ 233,487
$ 680,939
$ 558,493
$ 882,489
—%
1,031
98% 769,583
100% $ 791,980
—%
97%
100%
(1) Total includes acquired non-impaired loans of $79.5 million at December 31, 2018 and $108.2 million at December 31, 2017.
(2)
Includes $14.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and $15.3 million as of December 31, 2017 of troubled debt restructured mortgages and home equity
installment loans that are performing in accordance with the loans modified terms and are accruing interest.
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)
A modification is classified as a TDR if both of the following exist: (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (2) the
Bank has granted a concession to the borrower. Many aspects of the borrower’s financial situation are assessed when determining
whether they are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions may include the reduction of the interest rate to a rate lower than
current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, extension of the maturity date, reduction of accrued interest, or principal
forgiveness. The assessments of whether a borrower is experiencing (or is likely to experience) financial difficulty and whether
a concession has been granted is subjective in nature and management’s judgment is required when determining whether a
modification is a TDR.
The following table presents the balance of TDRs as of the indicated dates:
(Dollars in thousands)
Performing TDRs
Nonperforming TDRs
Total TDRs
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
$
$
14,953
10,211
25,164
$
$
20,061
9,627
29,688
Approximately $1.2 million and $1.0 million in related reserves have been established for these loans at December 31, 2018 and
December 31, 2017, respectively.
92
The following tables present information regarding the types of loan modifications made and the balances of loans modified as
TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:
Commercial
Owner-occupied
commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Contractual
payment
reduction
Maturity
date
extension
Discharged
in
bankruptcy Other (1)
Contractual
payment
reduction
Maturity
date
extension
Discharged
in
bankruptcy
Total
Other (1)
Total
6
—
2
—
4
8
20
—
—
1
1
—
2
4
—
—
—
—
1
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
6
—
3
1
5
20
35
1
—
—
—
2
1
4
4
1
1
5
1
4
16
—
—
—
—
5
12
17
—
—
—
1
1
8
10
5
1
1
6
9
25
47
(1) Other includes interest rate reduction, forbearance, and interest only payments.
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Owner-occupied commercial
Commercial mortgages
Construction
Residential
Consumer
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
Pre
Modification
Post
Modification
Pre
Modification
Post
Modification
$
5,102
$
5,102
$
954
$
—
2,190
920
557
1,481
—
2,190
920
557
1,481
3,071
183
6,054
1,652
2,498
954
3,071
183
6,054
1,652
2,498
$
10,250
$
10,250
$
14,412
$
14,412
Principal balances are generally not forgiven when a loans is modified as a TDR. Nonaccruing restructured loans remain in
nonaccrual status until there has been a period of sustained repayment performance, which is typically six months, and payment
is reasonably assured.
The TDRs shown in the table above resulted in a decreased our allowance for loan losses by $2.0 million through allocation of a
related reserve, and resulted in $5.0 million of incremental charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year
ended December 31, 2017, the TDRs set forth in the table above increased our allowance for loan losses by $0.1 million through
allocation of a related reserve, and resulted in no incremental charge-offs.
93
The following table shows the components of premises and equipment, at cost, are summarized by major classifications:
9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
(Dollars in thousands)
Land
Buildings
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
Less: Accumulated depreciation
December 31,
2018
2017
$
2,758
$
6,179
49,704
49,035
107,676
62,720
$
44,956
$
2,758
6,155
48,573
44,968
102,454
54,471
47,983
Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated useful life, whichever is shorter. In general, computer equipment, furniture
and equipment and building renovations are expensed over 3, 5 and 10 years, respectively. We recognized depreciation expense
of $8.3 million, $8.6 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
We occupy certain premises including some with renewal options and operate certain equipment under leases with noncancelable
terms ranging primarily from 1 year to 25 years. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. Accordingly, lease costs are
expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 840-20, Operating Leases. Rent expense was $12.9 million in 2018, $13.0 million
in 2017 and $11.5 million in 2016. Future minimum cash payments under these leases at December 31, 2018 are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total future minimum lease payments
$
$
11,562
11,411
11,132
11,078
11,141
169,929
226,253
94
10. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
In accordance with ASC 805 and ASC 350, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill,
indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are recorded at fair value.
The fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed, including the resulting goodwill, was based either on quoted market
prices or provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information was not available we made good-
faith estimates primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques. The assumptions used in the cash flow modeling
are subjective and susceptible to significant changes.
Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually and charged to results
of operations in periods in which the recorded value is more than the estimated fair value. Intangible assets that have finite useful
lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Goodwill totaled $166.0
million at both December 31, 2018 and 2017. The majority of this goodwill, $145.8 million, is in the WSFS Bank segment and is
the result of a branch acquisition in 2008 and the purchases of Christiana Bank and Trust (CB&T) in 2010, Array (currently known
as WSFS Mortgage) and Arrow in 2013, FNBW in 2014, Alliance in 2015 and Penn Liberty in 2016. The Wealth Management
segment also recorded goodwill as a result of the acquisitions of CB&T in 2010 as well as Powdermill and West Capital in 2016.
ASC 350 states that an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is
more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. Therefore the entity may first assess qualitative factors to
determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair
value of goodwill is less than carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes adverse events or circumstances identified that
could negatively affect the reporting units’ fair value as well as positive and mitigating events. If, after assessing the totality of
events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its
carrying amount, performing the quantitative assessment is not required. The entity has the option to bypass the qualitative
assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to a quantitative assessment. The entity can resume performing
the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
When required, the quantitative assessment is done by comparing the reporting unit’s aggregate fair value to its carrying value.
The quantitative goodwill impairment test is used to identify both the existence of impairment and the amount of impairment loss.
Absent other indicators of impairment, if the aggregate fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired
and no additional analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the aggregate fair value, an impairment
loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Fair value may be determined using market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analysis
and other variables. Estimated cash flows extend five years into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such
an extended period of time. Factors that may significantly affect estimates include, but are not limited to, balance sheet growth
assumptions, credit losses in our investment and loan portfolios, competitive pressures in our market area, changes in customer
base and customer product preferences, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structure, changes in discount rates, conditions in
the banking sector, and general economic variables.
During the fourth quarter of 2018, we completed a quantitative assessment and determined the fair value of any of our reporting
units exceeded their respective carrying amounts. No impairment losses related to our goodwill were recorded in 2018 or 2017,
however, there can be no assurances that impairments to our goodwill will not occur in the future periods.
As of December 31, 2018, we had three operating segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect®, and Wealth Management. Our operating
segments may contain one or more reporting units depending on economic characteristics, products and customers. When we
acquire a business, we assign it to a reporting unit and allocate its goodwill to that reporting unit based on its relative fair value.
Should we have a significant business reorganization, we may reallocate the goodwill. See Note 21 for additional information on
management reporting.
95
The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our reportable operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment
testing:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016
Goodwill adjustments(1)
December 31, 2017
Goodwill adjustments
December 31, 2018
WSFS
Bank
Wealth
Management
Consolidated
Company
$
$
147,396
(1,588)
145,808
—
145,808
$
$
20,143
$
56
20,199
—
20,199
$
167,539
(1,532)
166,007
—
166,007
(1) The goodwill adjustments for WSFS Bank represent remeasurement adjustments related to our acquisition of Penn Liberty in 2016. The goodwill
adjustments for Wealth Management represent remeasurement adjustments related to our acquisition of West Capital in 2016.
ASC 350 also requires that an acquired intangible asset be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained
through contractual or other legal rights, or if the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the
acquirer’s intent to do so.
The following table summarizes our intangible assets:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018
Core deposits
Customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Loan servicing rights
Favorable lease asset
Total other intangible assets
December 31, 2017
Core deposits
Customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Loan servicing rights
Favorable lease asset
Total other intangible assets
Gross
Intangible
Assets
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Intangible
Assets
$
$
$
$
10,658
17,561
221
2,652
1,932
33,024
10,658
17,561
221
2,132
1,932
32,504
$
$
$
$
(5,285) $
(5,815)
(101)
(1,301)
(506)
(13,008) $
(4,263) $
(4,214)
(57)
(1,191)
(342)
(10,067) $
5,373
11,746
120
1,351
1,426
20,016
6,395
13,347
164
941
1,590
22,437
Amortization Period
10 years
7-15 years
5 years
10-30 years
10 months-18 years
10 years
7-15 years
5 years
10-30 years
10 months-18 years
We recognized amortization expense on other intangible assets of $2.9 million, and $3.0 million and $2.4 million for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The following presents the estimated amortization expense of intangibles:
(Dollars in thousands)
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total
Amortization
of Intangibles
2,873
2,677
2,352
2,289
2,257
7,568
20,016
$
$
There was no impairment of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. Changing economic conditions that may
adversely affect our performance and stock price could result in impairment, which could adversely affect earnings in the future.
96
The following table is a summary of our deposits by category:
11. DEPOSITS
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing demand
Total noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing:
Interest-bearing demand
Savings
Money market
Customer time deposits
Brokered deposits
Total interest-bearing
Total deposits
December 31,
2018
2017
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,626,252
1,626,252
1,062,228
538,213
1,542,962
672,942
197,834
4,014,179
5,640,431
$
$
1,420,760
1,420,760
1,071,512
549,744
1,347,146
629,071
229,371
3,826,844
5,247,604
The following table is a summary of the remaining time to maturity for customer time deposits:
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of deposit (not jumbo):
Less than one year
One year to two years
Two years to three years
Three years to four years
Over four years
Total certificates of deposit (not jumbo)
Jumbo certificates of deposit
Less than one year
One year to two years
Two years to three years
Three years to four years
Over four years
Total jumbo certificates of deposit
Total certificates of deposit
December 31,
2018
2017
$
$
$
$
228,045
94,488
14,441
4,048
5,927
346,949
223,798
91,486
5,957
2,399
2,353
325,993
672,942
$
$
$
$
167,757
103,192
46,827
5,962
6,399
330,137
166,348
94,905
30,400
3,512
3,769
298,934
629,071
The following table is a summary of interest expense on deposits by category:
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-bearing demand
Money market
Savings
Time deposits
Total customer interest expense
Brokered deposits
Total interest expense on deposits
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2018
$
$
$
4,523
9,854
1,030
8,591
23,998
5,070
29,068
$
$
$
2,211
4,690
1,017
4,806
12,724
2,180
14,904
$
$
$
1,119
3,343
655
3,303
8,420
1,001
9,421
97
The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type, at or for the twelve months ended:
12. BORROWED FUNDS
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018
FHLB advances
Federal funds purchased
Trust preferred borrowings
Senior debt
Other borrowed funds
December 31, 2017
FHLB advances
Federal funds purchased
Trust preferred borrowings
Senior debt
Other borrowed funds
Balance at
End of
Period
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
Maximum
Outstanding
at Month
End During
the Period
Average
Amount
Outstanding
During the
Year
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
During the
Year
$
328,465
157,975
67,011
98,388
47,949
2.52% $
2.52
4.51
4.50
0.23
$
695,484
157,975
67,011
98,388
71,584
426,755
89,325
67,011
98,275
39,314
1.97%
1.90
3.84
4.80
0.12
$
710,001
1.51 % $
924,518
$
716,962
1.15 %
28,000
67,011
98,171
34,623
1.54
3.25
5.12
0.09
135,000
67,011
155,000
97,984
87,438
67,011
134,136
43,514
1.11
2.89
4.38
0.09
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
Advances from the FHLB with rates ranging from 1.50% to 2.79% at December 31, 2018 are due as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2019
2020
2021
Amount
265,790
33,465
29,210
328,465
$
$
Weighted
Average
Rate
2.58%
1.80
2.77
2.52%
Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances are secured by qualifying loan collateral, qualifying fixed-income
securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB.
As a member of the FHLB, we are required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal
to 0.10% of our member asset value plus 4.00% of advances outstanding. We were in compliance with this requirement with a
stock investment in FHLB of $19.3 million at December 31, 2018 and $31.3 million at December 31, 2017. This stock is carried
on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at cost, which approximates liquidation value.
The decrease in FHLB stock was due to the decrease in FHLB advances outstanding. We received dividends on our stock investment
in FHLB of $1.5 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. For additional information
regarding FHLB Stock, see Note 18.
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
During 2018 and 2017, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2018, we had purchased
$158.0 million in federal funds at an average rate of 2.52%. At December 31, 2017, we had purchased $28.0 million in federal
funds at an average rate of 1.54%.
We had no securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
98
Trust Preferred Borrowings
In 2005, we issued $67.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of
177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. These securities are callable and have a maturity date of June 1, 2035.
Senior Debt
On September 1, 2017, we redeemed $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.25% senior notes due 2019 which were
issued in 2012 (the 2012 senior notes). The 2012 senior debt were repaid using a portion of the proceeds from our 2016 issuance
of senior unsecured fixed-to-floating rate notes (the 2016 senior notes) described below. We recorded noninterest expense of $0.7
million due to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with this redemption.
On June 13, 2016, the Company issued $100 million of the 2016 senior notes. The 2016 senior notes mature on June 15, 2026 and
have a fixed coupon rate of 4.50% from issuance to but excluding June 15, 2021 and a variable coupon rate of three month LIBOR
plus 3.30% from June 15, 2021 until maturity. The 2016 senior notes may be redeemed beginning on June 15, 2021 at 100% of
principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. The proceeds are being used for general corporate purposes.
Other Borrowed Funds
Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $47.9 million and $34.6 million at December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual arrangements under which portions of
certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase. Such borrowings were collateralized by
mortgage-backed securities. The average rates on these borrowings were 0.12% and 0.09% at December 31, 2018 and 2017
respectively.
Borrower in Custody
The Bank had $176.4 million and $222.8 million of loans pledged to the Federal Reserve of Philadelphia (FRB) at December 31,
2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The Bank did not borrow funds from the FRB during 2018 or 2017.
99
13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL
Savings associations such as the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by various banking regulators.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved final rules (the “U.S. Basel III
Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The U.S. Basel III Capital
Rules substantially revised the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions,
and included a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.50% of risk-weighted assets, a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of
6.00% of risk-weighted assets, and a current minimum total capital ratio of 8.00% of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1
leverage capital ratio of 4.00% of average assets.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and exceeded the amounts
required to be considered “well capitalized” as defined in the regulations.
The following table presents the capital position of the Bank and the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated Bank
Capital
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
To Be Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
$
788,512
13.37% $
471,659
8.00% $
589,574
WSFS Financial Corporation
761,027
12.71
478,980
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
WSFS Financial Corporation
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
WSFS Financial Corporation
Tier 1 Leverage Capital
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
WSFS Financial Corporation
December 31, 2017
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
748,219
720,734
748,219
655,734
748,219
720,734
12.69
12.04
12.69
10.95
10.82
10.37
353,744
359,235
265,308
269,426
276,665
278,111
8.00
6.00
6.00
4.50
4.50
4.00
4.00
598,724
471,659
478,980
383,223
389,171
345,831
347,636
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
$
695,739
12.08 % $
460,639
8.00 % $
575,799
WSFS Financial Corporation
659,376
11.41
462,195
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
WSFS Financial Corporation
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
WSFS Financial Corporation
Tier 1 Leverage Capital
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
WSFS Financial Corporation
654,308
617,945
654,308
552,982
654,308
617,945
11.36
10.70
11.36
9.57
9.73
9.15
345,480
346,646
259,110
259,984
269,008
270,249
8.00
6.00
6.00
4.50
4.50
4.00
4.00
577,743
460,639
462,195
374,270
375,533
336,260
337,812
10.00%
10.00
8.00
8.00
6.50
6.50
5.00
5.00
10.00 %
10.00
8.00
8.00
6.50
6.50
5.00
5.00
The December 31, 2018 and 2017 capital ratios presented above were determined in accordance with the Basel III Capital Rules.
100
The Holding Company
As of December 31, 2018, our capital structure includes one class of stock, $0.01 par common stock outstanding with each share
having equal voting rights.
In 2005, WSFS Capital Trust III, our unconsolidated subsidiary, issued Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate
of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035. The par value of these securities
is $2.0 million and the aggregate principal is $67.0 million. The proceeds from the issue were invested in Junior Subordinated
Debentures issued by the Company. These securities are treated as borrowings with interest included in interest expense on the
Consolidated Statements of Income. At December 31, 2018, the coupon rate of the WSFS Capital Trust III securities was 4.51%.
The effective rate will vary due to fluctuations in interest rates.
When infused into the Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities issued in 2005 qualify as Tier 1 capital. The Bank is prohibited from
paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, the Bank would be undercapitalized
within the meaning of the Prompt Corrective Action regulations.
At December 31, 2018, $30.6 million in cash remains at the holding company to support the parent company’s needs.
Pursuant to federal laws and regulations, our ability to engage in transactions with affiliated corporations, including the loan of
funds to, or guarantee of the indebtedness of, an affiliate, is limited.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company repurchased 691,742 common shares at an average price of $45.06 per
share substantially completing our previous 5% buyback program approved by the Board of Directors in 2015. The Board of
Directors approved a new share buy-back program in the fourth quarter of 2018 that will enable us to repurchase that will enable
us to repurchase shares worth up to $15.4 million in 2019 after completion of our pending Merger with Beneficial. The program
is consistent with our intent to return a minimum of 25% of annual net income to stockholders through dividends and share
repurchases while maintaining capital ratios in excess of “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks.
101
Associate 401(k) Savings Plan
14. ASSOCIATE BENEFIT PLANS
Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in the plan may elect to
direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed mutual and money market funds and
our common stock. Generally, the principal and related earnings are tax deferred until withdrawn. We match a portion of the
Associates’ contributions. As a result, our total cash contributions to the plan on behalf of our Associates resulted in an expense
of $3.8 million, $3.6 million, and $3.1 million for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
All contributions are invested in accordance with the Associates’ selection of investments. If Associates do not designate how
discretionary contributions are to be invested, 100% is invested in target-date fund that corresponds with the participant’s age.
Associates may generally make transfers to various other investment vehicles within the plan. The plan’s yearly activity includes
net sales of 51,000, 156,000 and 36,000 shares of our common stock in 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively. There were no purchases
in 2018, 83,000 net purchases in 2017 and none in 2016.
Postretirement Medical Benefits
We share certain costs of providing health and life insurance benefits to eligible retired Associates (employees) and their eligible
dependents. Previously, all Associates were eligible for these benefits if they reached normal retirement age while working for us.
Effective March 31, 2014, we changed the eligibility of this plan to include only those Associates who have achieved ten years
of service with us as of March 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we began to use the mortality table issued by the office of the
Actuary of the U.S. Bureau of Census in our calculation.
We account for our obligations under the provisions of ASC 715, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (ASC 715). ASC 715
requires that we recognize the costs of these benefits over an Associate's active working career. Amortization of unrecognized net
gains or losses resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component
of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of active employees to the extent that such gains and losses exceed
10% of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year. We recognize our net periodic benefit
cost in Salaries, benefits and other compensation in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
ASC 715 requires that we recognize the funded status of our defined benefit postretirement plan in our statement of financial
condition, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax. The adjustment to
accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at adoption represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized
transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of ASC 715, all of which were previously netted against the plan’s funded
status in our statement of financial condition pursuant to the provisions of ASC 715. These amounts will be subsequently recognized
as net periodic pension costs pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains
and losses that arise in subsequent periods, and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods, will be
recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of
net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption
of ASC 715.
In accordance with ASC 715, during 2019 we expect to recognize $0.1 million of amortization related to net actuarial gain and
$0.1 million of amortization related to the net transition obligation.
102
The following disclosures relating to postretirement medical benefits were measured at December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial gain
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status:
Unfunded status
Total (income) recognized in other comprehensive income
Net amount recognized
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of transition obligation
Net (gain) loss recognition
Net periodic benefit cost
Assumption used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
Discount rate
Assumption used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit
Obligation (APBO):
Discount rate
2018
2017
2016
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,990
60
70
(143)
(84)
1,893
$
$
— $
84
(84)
— $
(1,893)
(1,370)
(3,263)
60
70
(76)
(45)
9
$
$
$
$
1,764
53
71
207
(105)
1,990
$
$
— $
105
(105)
— $
(1,990)
(1,348)
(3,338)
53
71
(76)
(70)
(22)
$
$
$
$
1,805
58
76
(68)
(107)
1,764
—
107
(107)
—
(1,764)
(1,701)
(3,465)
58
76
(76)
505
563
3.60%
4.10%
4.25%
4.20%
3.60%
4.10%
Estimated future benefit payments:
The following table shows the expected future payments for the next 10 years:
(Dollars in thousands)
During 2018
During 2019
During 2020
During 2021
During 2022
During 2023 through 2027
$
$
68
69
69
72
76
463
817
We assume medical benefits will increase at an average rate of less than 10% per annum. The costs incurred for retirees’ health
care are limited since certain current and all future retirees are restricted to an annual medical premium cap indexed (since 1995)
by the lesser of 4% or the actual increase in medical premiums paid by us. For 2018, this annual premium cap amounted to $3,553
per retiree. We estimate that we will contribute approximately $3,695 per retiree to the plan during fiscal 2019.
103
Alliance Associate Pension Plan
During the fourth quarter of 2015, we completed the acquisition of Alliance and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Bank,
headquartered in Broomall, Pennsylvania. At the time of the acquisition we assumed the Alliance pension plan offered to current
Alliance associates. The net amount recognized in 2018 was $0.3 million.
No estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans will be amortized from the accumulated other
comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year.
The following disclosures relating to Alliance pension benefits were measured at December 31:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$ 8,378
$ 7,504
2018
2017
2016
$ 7,853
$ 7,517
$
7,148
301
—
(374)
442
7,517
7,397
518
—
(374)
(37)
7,504
$
$
$
$ (7,517)
7,504
(13)
$
279
(1,142)
(271)
(430)
297
—
(407)
446
$ 6,289
$ 7,853
(393)
(1,146)
(271)
(35)
$ 6,533
$ (6,289)
6,533
244
40
279
(596)
(24)
413
112
$
$
$
1,314
—
(407)
(33)
$ 8,378
$ (7,853)
8,378
525
$
$
$
40
$
297
(548)
—
(170)
(381)
$
40
301
(541)
—
(157)
(357)
3.60%
7.50%
4.20%
4.00%
7.50%
3.60%
4.00%
7.50%
4.00%
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Interest cost
Settlements
Disbursements
Actuarial loss
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Actual return on Plan Assets
Settlements
Benefits paid
Administrative Expenses
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status:
Unfunded status
Total loss (income) recognized in other comprehensive income
Net amount recognized
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Settlements
Net gain recognition
Net periodic benefit cost
Assumptions used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit
Obligation (APBO):
Discount rate for Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Expected Return on Plan Assets
Discount rate for Disclosure Obligations
104
Estimated future benefit payments:
The following table shows the expected future payments for the next 10 years:
(Dollars in thousands)
During 2019
During 2020
During 2021
During 2022
During 2023
During 2024 through 2028
$
$
312
310
432
318
322
2,810
4,504
During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company notified the Alliance pension plan participants of its intention to terminate the
plan. The Company anticipates completing the pension plan termination in 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the valuation of the
benefit obligations and estimated future benefit payments did not include termination assumptions.
We have five additional plans which are no longer being provided to Associates: (1) a Supplemental Pension Plan with a
corresponding liability of $0.7 million for both December 31, 2018 and 2017 ; (2) an Early Retirement Window Plan with a
corresponding liability of $0.1 million for both December 31, 2018 and 2017; (3) a Director’s Plan with a corresponding asset of
less than $0.1 million for both December 31, 2018 and 2017; (4) a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan with a corresponding
liability of $1.5 million for both December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively, and; (5) a Post-Retirement Medical Plan with a
corresponding liability of $0.1 million for both December 31, 2018 and 2017.
105
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. Our income
tax provision consists of the following:
15. INCOME TAXES
(Dollars in thousands)
Current income taxes:
Federal taxes
State and local taxes
Deferred income taxes:
Federal taxes
State and local taxes
Total
Year ended December 31,
2017
2016
2018
$
$
26,164
6,513
3,455
(77)
36,055
$
$
36,005
4,342
17,899
—
58,246
$
$
23,857
3,847
5,135
235
33,074
Current federal income taxes include taxes on income that cannot be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary of the significant
components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities
Allowance for loan losses
Purchase accounting adjustments—loans
Reserves and other accruals
Provision for legal settlement
Deferred gains
Net operating losses
Derivatives
Reverse mortgages
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gains on equity investments
Accelerated depreciation
Other
Bank-owned life insurance
Deferred loan costs
Intangibles
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset
2018
2017
$
$
$
$
4,350
8,303
2,427
10,426
—
458
165
775
384
27,288
$
$
(4,203) $
(806)
(537)
—
(2,052)
(4,130)
(11,728)
15,560
$
2,084
8,526
3,487
9,194
2,520
589
188
757
606
27,951
—
(778)
(326)
(5,387)
(989)
(3,826)
(11,306)
16,645
Included in the table above is the effect of certain temporary differences for which no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized.
In 2018, such items consisted primarily of $4.4 million of unrealized losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities
accounted for under ASC 320 along with $0.3 million of unrealized gains related to postretirement benefit obligations accounted
for under ASC 715 and $0.8 million of unrealized losses on derivatives accounted for under ASC 815. In 2017, they consisted
primarily of $2.1 million of unrealized losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities along with $0.3 million of
unrealized gains related to postretirement benefit obligations and $0.8 million of unrealized losses on derivatives.
106
On December 22, 2017 the Tax Reform Act (the Act) was enacted. As a result, we were required to re-measure our existing net
deferred tax asset (DTA) on that date based on the future federal corporate income tax rate of 21%. This DTA re-measurement
resulted in a one-time charge to income tax expense in 2017 in the amount of $14.5 million, which we estimated as required under
ASC 740 and which was based on our initial analysis of the impact of the provisions of the Act. During 2018, we recorded certain
tax provision to tax return true-up adjustments associated with items that were finalized as part of our 2017 tax return filing during
the year. We recorded a $0.9 million tax benefit in 2018, primarily for deferred tax temporary difference items that were claimed
on the 2017 tax return at a 35% federal tax rate that were recorded at December 31, 2017 as anticipating to be deducted at a 21%
federal tax rate. There were no remaining provisional items as of December 31, 2018.
Based on our history of prior earnings and our expectations of the future, it is anticipated that operating income and the reversal
pattern of our temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient to realize a net deferred tax asset of $15.6 million at
December 31, 2018.
Due to the reduction in the corporate tax rate resulting from the Tax Reform Act, in 2017, we decided to surrender substantially
all of our bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies. While the formal surrender did not occur until 2018, we were required under
ASC 740 to record a deferred tax liability in 2017 for the income tax effect of the surrender. We owed approximately $7.5 million
for federal income taxes and an early-surrender penalty in 2018 due to the BOLI surrender.
A reconciliation showing the differences between our effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
Statutory federal income tax rate
State tax, net of federal tax benefit
Adjustment to net deferred tax asset for enacted changes in tax laws and rates
Nondeductible acquisition costs
Tax-exempt interest
Bank-owned life insurance income
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
Surrender of bank-owned life insurance policies
Federal tax credits, net of amortization
Other
Effective tax rate
Year ended December 31,
2017
2016
2018
21.0%
3.1
(0.5)
0.4
(0.8)
—
(1.8)
—
(0.1)
(0.2)
21.1%
35.0%
2.7
13.4
—
(1.9)
(0.5)
(2.0)
7.3
(0.3)
—
53.7%
35.0%
3.1
—
0.2
(2.1)
(0.3)
(1.4)
—
(0.5)
—
34.0%
As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” we recorded $3.5
million, $2.3 million and $1.5 million of income tax benefits in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to excess tax benefits
from stock compensation. Prior to 2016, such excess tax benefits were recorded directly in stockholders’ equity. This accounting
standard will result in volatility to future effective tax rates.
We have $0.8 million of remaining Federal net operating losses. Such NOLs expire beginning in 2030 and, due to Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) limitations, $0.1 million are being utilized each year. Accordingly, we fully expect to utilize all of these NOLs. We
have no state NOLs.
We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in
a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the
tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant
information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit
that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is
met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in
the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the
accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.
We record interest and penalties on potential income tax deficiencies as income tax expense. Federal tax years 2015 through 2018
remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2018, while tax years 2015 through 2018 remain subject to examination by
state taxing jurisdictions. No federal or state income tax return examinations are currently in process. We do not expect to record
or realize any material unrecognized tax benefits during 2019.
107
ASC 740 prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized.
We recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the
Consolidated Financial Statements. Assessment of uncertain tax positions under ASC 740 requires careful consideration of the
technical merits of a position based on our analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. There are no unrecognized tax benefits
related to ASC 740 as of December 31, 2018 nor has there been any unrecognized tax benefit activity since December 31, 2012.
As a result of the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in
Qualified Affordable Housing Projects,” the amortization of our low-income housing credit investments has been reflected as
income tax expense. Accordingly, $1.9 million of such amortization has been reflected as income tax expense for the year ended
December 31, 2018, compared to $1.7 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016,
respectively.
The amount of affordable housing tax credits, amortization and tax benefits recorded as income tax expense for the year ended
December 31, 2018 were $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $0.3 million respectively. The carrying value of the investment in affordable
housing credits is $16.9 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $13.8 million at December 31, 2017.
108
16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Our Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted
stock and restricted stock unit awards (RSUs), deferred stock units, and other awards that are payable in or valued by reference
to our common shares. Upon stockholder approval in 2018, the 2013 Incentive Plan was replaced by the 2018 Incentive Plan (2018
Plan). We still have awards outstanding under the 2013 Plan for officers, directors and Associates. The 2018 Plan will terminate
on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, after which no awards may be granted. Collectively, the 2013 Plan and the 2018 Plan
are referred to as Stock Incentive Plans. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan is 1,500,000, of which
1,483,392 shares were available for future grants at December 31, 2018. Generally, all awards become exercisable immediately
in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans.
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized was $2.6 million ($2.0 million after tax) for 2018, $3.7 million ($2.5 million
after tax) for 2017, and $3.0 million ($2.0 million after tax) for 2016. Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted
to Associates is recorded in Salaries, benefits and other compensation; expense related to awards granted to directors is recorded
in Other operating expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
Stock Options
Stock options are granted with an exercise price not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant.
With the exception of certain Non-Plan Stock Options (as defined below), all stock options granted during 2018, 2017, and 2016
vest in 25% per annum increments, start to become exercisable in April of the year following the year of grant, and expire between
five years and seven years from the grant date. We issue new shares upon the exercise of options.
We determine the grant date fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The model requires the use
of numerous assumptions, many of which are subjective. Beginning in 2016, the expected term was derived from historical exercise
patterns and represents the amount of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. Other significant assumptions
to determine 2018, 2017, and 2016 grant date fair value included volatility measured using the fluctuation in month end closing
stock prices over a period which corresponds with the average expected option life; a weighted-average risk-free rate of return
(zero coupon treasury yield); and a dividend yield indicative of our current dividend rate. The assumptions for options issued
during 2018, 2017, and 2016 are presented below:
Expected term (in years)
Volatility
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
2018
2017
2016
5.3
23.0%
2.69%
0.74%
5.3
24.9%
1.95%
0.60%
5.3
29.6%
1.25%
0.80%
On April 25, 2013 stockholders approved a change in future compensation for Mark A. Turner, President and CEO. As a result,
Mr. Turner was granted 750,000 non-statutory stock options (Non-Plan Stock Options) with a longer and slower vesting schedule
than our standard options. Under this vesting schedule, 40% of these options vested after the second year and 20% vested in each
of the following three years. These options were awarded at an exercise price of 20% over the December 2012 market value (the
date on which framework of the plan was decided). Upon the grant, Mr. Turner was no longer eligible to receive grants under any
of our other stock based award programs for a period of 5 years, ending on February 28, 2018. The Black-Scholes option-pricing
model was used to determine the grant date fair value of the options. Significant assumptions used in the model included a weighted-
average risk-free rate of return (zero coupon treasury yield) of 0.76%; an expected option life of 5 years; an expected stock price
volatility of 40.5%; and a dividend yield of 1.01%. These awards fully vested in 2018. At December 31, 2018, 376,177 of these
option awards were outstanding and exercisable. In March 2018, based on performance in 2017, Mr. Turner was granted stock
options and RSUs with terms and conditions, including exercise price and vesting period, pursuant to our 2013 Incentive Plan.
Additionally, in 2013, 450,000 incentive stock options were issued to certain executive officers of the Company under the 2013
Plan. These options had the same vesting schedule and exercise price as the Non-Plan Stock Options granted to Mr. Turner. The
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the same assumptions as the Non-Plan Stock Options was used to determine the grant
date fair value of the options. These awards fully vested in 2018.
109
A summary of the status of our options as of December 31, 2018, and changes during the year, is presented below:
Stock Options:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Plus: Granted
Less: Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding at end of year
Nonvested at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
2018
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Year)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (In
Thousands)
19.08
48.33
17.63
47.01
22.48
42.76
18.69
2.56
$
38,525
2.18
5.69
1.58
13,235
603
12,923
$
Shares
1,339,106
72,521
613,588
7,295
790,744
124,348
666,396
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $11.62 in 2018, $11.50 in 2017 and $7.84 in 2016. The aggregate intrinsic
value of options exercised was $20.6 million in 2018, $7.5 million in 2017, and $5.0 million in 2016.
The following table provides information about our nonvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2018:
Stock Options:
Nonvested at beginning of period
Plus: Granted
Less: Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at end of period
2018
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
$
23.25
48.33
20.59
47.01
42.76
6.24
11.62
5.69
11.38
10.38
Shares
$
389,134
72,521
330,012
7,295
124,348
The total amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2018 was $0.9 million.
The weighted-average period over which the expense is expected to be recognized is 2.6 years. During 2018, we recognized $0.7
million of compensation expense related to these awards.
110
Restricted Stock Units
RSUs are granted at no cost to the recipient and generally vest over a four year period. All outstanding awards granted to senior
executives vest over no less than a four year period. The 2013 and 2018 Plans allow for awards with vesting periods less than four
years, subject to Board approval. The fair value of RSUs is equal to the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant.
We recognize the expense related to RSUs granted to Associates in Salaries, benefits and other compensation and granted to
directors in Other operating expense on an accrual basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. When we award
restricted stock to individuals from whom we may not receive services in the future, we recognize the expense of restricted stock
grants when we make the award, instead of amortizing the expense over the vesting period of the award.
The weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted was $48.38 in 2018, $47.05 in 2017, and $29.94 in 2016. The total amount of
compensation cost to be recognized relating to nonvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2018, was $3.6 million. The weighted-
average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is 2.6 years. During 2018, we recognized $1.6 million of
compensation cost related to these awards.
The following table summarizes the Company’s RSUs and changes during the year:
Balance at December 31, 2017
Plus: Granted
Less: Vested
Forfeited
Balance at December 31, 2018
Units
(in whole)
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value per Unit
$
114,388
49,561
62,500
5,742
95,707
35.54
48.38
32.48
39.77
43.08
The total fair value of RSUs that vested was $1.6 million in 2018, $1.2 million in 2017, and $1.4 million in 2016.
111
Data Processing and Network Operations
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
We have entered into contracts to manage our network operations, data processing and other related services. The projected amounts
of future minimum payments contractually due are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Legal Proceedings
Amount
$
6,660
4,019
1,684
1,134
325
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief. See Note 24 for additional
information.
Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk
In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, in the normal course of
business primarily to meet the financing needs of our customers. To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve elements
of credit risk that are not recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount
of those instruments. We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments in excess of the contractual amount of
those instruments and use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.
The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end:
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent potential credit risk:
Construction loan commitments
Commercial mortgage loan commitments
Commercial loan commitments
Commercial owner-occupied commitments
Commercial standby letters of credit
Residential mortgage loan commitments
Consumer loan commitments
Total
December 31,
2018
2017
$
$
177,767
43,624
629,729
43,879
71,233
6,297
330,929
1,303,458
$
$
191,675
32,346
645,924
55,545
75,446
8,057
296,010
1,305,003
At December 31, 2018, we had total commitments to extend credit of $1.3 billion. Commitments for consumer lines of credit were
$330.9 million of which, $308.9 million were secured by real estate. Residential mortgage loan commitments generally have
closing dates within a one month period but can be extended to six months. Not reflected in the table above are commitments to
sell residential mortgages of $32.4 million and $28.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the customer continues to meet specific criteria.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many
of the commitments are expected to expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of
a customer to a third party. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness and obtain collateral based on our credit evaluation of
the counterparty.
112
Indemnifications
•
•
Secondary Market Loan Sales: Given the current interest rate environment, coupled with our desire not to hold these assets
in our portfolio, we generally sell newly originated residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to mortgage loan
aggregators and on a more limited basis to government-sponsored enterprises, such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp
(FHLMC), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and the FHLB. Loans held for sale are reflected on our
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at their fair value with changes in the value reflected in our Consolidated
Statements of Income. Gains and losses are recognized at the time of sale. We periodically retain the servicing rights on
residential mortgage loans sold which results in monthly service fee income. Otherwise, we sell loans with servicing released
on a nonrecourse basis. Rate-locked loan commitments that we intend to sell in the secondary market are accounted for as
derivatives under ASC 815.
We generally do not sell loans with recourse, except for standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of
representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances, early payment default by the borrower. These are customary
repurchase provisions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loan sales. These provisions may include either an
indemnification from loss or an agreement to repurchase the loans. Repurchases and losses have been rare and no provision
is made for losses at the time of sale. There were no repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31,
2017.
Swap Guarantees: We entered into agreements with five unrelated financial institutions whereby those financial institutions
entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with customers referred to them by us. Under
the terms of the agreements, those financial institutions have recourse to us for any exposure created under each swap transaction
in the event the customer defaults on the swap agreement and the agreement is in a paying position to the third-party financial
institution. This is a customary arrangement that allows us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our customers
without creating the swap ourselves. These swap guarantees are accounted for as credit derivatives.
At December 31, 2018, there were 136 variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial
institutions and our customers. The initial notional aggregate amount was approximately $581.5 million, with maturities
ranging from under one year to 11 years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $0.3
million as of December 31, 2018, of which 50 swaps, with a liability of $4.6 million, were in paying positions to a third party.
We had no reserves for the swap guarantees as of December 31, 2018.
At December 31, 2017, there were 134 variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial
institutions and our customers. The initial notional aggregated amount was approximately $561.8 million, with maturities
ranging from under one year to ten years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $3.3
million as of December 31, 2017, of which 80 swaps, with a liability of $5.4 million, were in paying positions to a third party.
We had no reserves for the swap guarantees as of December 31, 2017.
113
18. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes
the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies into the following three levels:
• Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active
markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure
fair value whenever available.
• Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not
active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived principally from or can be corroborated by observable market
data by correlation or other means.
• Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Level 3
assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using discounted cash flow methodologies, as
well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
114
The following tables present financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 by level
in the valuation hierarchy (as described above):
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Available-for-sale securities:
CMO
FNMA MBS
FHLMC MBS
GNMA MBS
Other assets
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Other liabilities
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Other investments(1)
Other real estate owned
Loans held for sale
Impaired loans, net
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
December 31, 2018
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Asset (Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Total Fair
Value
$
$
$
$
$
— $
371,750
$
— $
—
—
—
—
644,073
153,922
35,334
2,098
—
—
—
—
371,750
644,073
153,922
35,334
2,098
— $
1,207,177
$
— $
1,207,177
— $
3,493
$
— $
3,493
— $
—
—
—
— $
—
25,318
—
37,233
$
2,668
—
47,094
37,233
2,668
25,318
47,094
— $
25,318
$
86,995
$
112,313
(1) See Note 1 for additional disclosures resulting from the Company's adoption of ASU 2016-01.
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Available-for-sale securities:
CMO
FNMA MBS
FHLMC MBS
GNMA MBS
Other investments
Other assets
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Other liabilities
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Other real estate owned
Loans held for sale
Impaired loans, net
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
December 31, 2017
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical Asset
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Total Fair
Value
$
$
$
$
$
— $
246,539
$
— $
—
—
—
623
—
473,987
87,875
29,098
—
747
—
—
—
—
—
246,539
473,987
87,875
29,098
623
747
623
$
838,246
— $
3,225
$
$
— $
838,869
— $
3,225
— $
— $
2,503
$
—
—
31,055
—
—
57,089
— $
31,055
$
59,592
$
2,503
31,055
57,089
90,647
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during 2018 and 2017.
Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based
on internally developed models or obtained from third parties that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters.
Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include
unobservable parameters. Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net
realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While we believe our valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent
with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial
instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
115
Available-for-sale securities
As of December 31, 2018 securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. Included in the
Level 2 total are $1.2 billion in Federal Agency MBS. We believe that this Level 2 designation is appropriate for these securities
under ASC 820-10 as, with almost all fixed income securities, none are exchange traded, and all are priced by correlation to
observed market data. For these securities we obtain fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value
measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, U.S. government and agency
yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the security’s
terms and conditions, among other factors.
Other investments
Other investments includes investments in equity securities with and without readily determinable fair values. Equity investments
with readily determinable fair values are categorized as Level 1. Equity investments without readily determinable fair values,
which includes our Visa Class B shares, are categorized as Level 3. Our Visa Class B ownership includes shares acquired at no
cost from our prior participation in Visa’s network while Visa operated as a cooperative as well as shares subsequently acquired
through private transactions and auctions.
Our equity investments without readily determinable fair values are held at cost, and are adjusted for any observable transactions
during the reporting period. As a result of our adoption of ASU 2016-01 and observable market transactions, we recorded an
unrealized gain on our Visa Class B shares of $20.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. See Note 1 for further
information.
Other assets
Other assets include the fair value of derivatives on the residential mortgage held for sale loan pipeline. Valuation of the derivative
related to the residential mortgage held for sale loan pipeline is based on valuation of the loans held for sale portfolio as described
below in Loans held for sale.
Other liabilities
Other liabilities include the fair value of interest rate swaps and derivatives on the residential mortgage held for sale loan pipeline.
Valuation of our cash flow derivatives is obtained from an independent pricing service and also from the derivative counterparty.
Valuation of the derivative related to the residential mortgage held for sale loan pipeline is based on valuation of the loans held
for sale portfolio as described below in Loans held for sale.
Other real estate owned
Other real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure or other measures. Initially,
foreclosed assets are recorded at the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations
are updated periodically and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. The fair value of our real estate
owned was estimated using Level 3 inputs based on appraisals obtained from third parties.
Loans held for sale
The fair value of our loans held for sale is based on estimates using Level 2 inputs. These inputs are based on pricing information
obtained from wholesale mortgage banks and brokers and applied to loans with similar interest rates and maturities.
Impaired loans
We evaluate and value impaired loans at the time the loan is identified as impaired, and the fair values of such loans are estimated
using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Each loan’s collateral has a unique appraisal and management’s discount of the
value is based on the factors unique to each impaired loan. The significant unobservable input in determining the fair value is
management’s subjective discount on appraisals of the collateral securing the loan, which typically ranges from 10% to 20%.
Collateral may consist of real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable and the
value of these assets is determined based on the appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers hired by us. Appraised and reported
values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation,
estimated costs to sell, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business.
The gross amount of impaired loans, which are measured for impairment by either calculating the expected future cash flows
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or determining the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans was
$49.4 million and $62.1 million at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The valuation allowance on impaired
loans was $2.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and $5.0 million as of December 31, 2017.
116
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In certain cases, fair values represent quoted
market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based on assumptions
regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows that are discounted to reflect current market rates and varying
degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been
realized as of period-end or that will be realized in the future.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is
practicable to estimate that value:
Cash and cash equivalents
For cash and short-term investment securities, including due from banks, federal funds sold or purchased under agreements to
resell and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Investment securities
Fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities, which we obtain from a third party vendor. We utilize one of the
largest providers of securities pricing to the industry and management periodically assesses the inputs used by this vendor to price
the various types of securities owned by us to validate the vendor’s methodology as described above in available-for-sale securities.
Other investments
Other investments includes our investments in equity securities with and without readily determinable fair values. See “Fair Value
of Financial Assets and Liabilities” above.
Loans held for sale
Loans held for sale are carried at their fair value. See “Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities” above.
Loans
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type: commercial,
commercial mortgages, owner-occupied commercial, construction, residential mortgages and consumer. For loans that reprice
frequently, the book value approximates fair value. The fair values of other types of loans, with the exception of reverse mortgages,
are estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with
comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities. The fair values of reverse mortgages are based on the net present
value of the expected cash flows using a discount rate specific to the reverse mortgages portfolio. The fair value of nonperforming
loans is based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate
with current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash flows, are used if appraisals are not available. This technique
contemplates an exit price.
Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh
The fair value of FHLB stock is assumed to be equal to its cost basis, since the stock is non-marketable but redeemable at its par
value.
Other assets
Other assets includes, among other things, investments in subsidiaries, prepaid expenses, interest and fee income receivable,
derivatives on the residential mortgage held for sale loan pipeline and deferred tax assets. See “Fair Value of Financial Assets and
Liabilities” above.
Deposits
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, money market and interest-bearing
demand deposits, is assumed to be equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted
value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using rates currently offered for deposits with comparable remaining
maturities.
Borrowed funds
Rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of existing
debt.
117
Other liabilities
Other liabilities includes, among others, cash flow derivatives and derivatives on the residential mortgage held for sale loan
pipeline. See “Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities” above.
Off-balance sheet instruments
The fair value of off-balance sheet instruments, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, approximates
the recorded net deferred fee amounts, which are not significant. Because commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are
generally not assignable by either us or the borrower, they only have value to us and the borrower.
The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Fair Value
Measurement
December 31,
2018
2017
Book Value
Fair Value
Book Value
Fair Value
Level 1
$
620,757
$
620,757
$
723,866
$
723,866
Investment securities available for sale
See previous table
1,205,079
1,205,079
Investment securities held to maturity
Other investments
Level 2
Level 1,3
Loans, held for sale
Loans, net(1)(2)
Impaired loans, net
Stock in FHLB of Pittsburgh
Accrued interest receivable
Other assets
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Borrowed funds
Standby letters of credit
Accrued interest payable
Other liabilities
Level 2
Level 3
Level 3
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 3
Level 2
Level 2
149,950
37,233
25,318
149,431
37,233
25,318
837,499
161,186
14,671
31,055
837,499
162,853
45,326
31,055
4,816,825
4,772,377
4,719,229
4,699,458
47,094
19,259
22,001
2,098
47,094
19,259
22,001
2,098
57,089
31,284
19,405
2,883
57,089
31,284
19,405
2,883
$ 5,640,431
$ 5,597,227
$ 5,247,604
$ 4,848,588
699,788
694,526
937,806
937,605
495
1,900
3,493
495
1,900
3,493
603
1,037
3,188
603
1,037
3,188
(1) Excludes impaired loans, net.
(2)
Includes reverse mortgage loans, which are categorized as Level 3.
At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 we had no commitments to extend credit measured at fair value.
118
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
We are exposed to certain risks arising from both economic conditions and our business operations. We principally manage our
exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of our core business activities. We manage
economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of our
assets and liabilities. We manage a matched book with respect to our derivative instruments in order to minimize our net risk
exposure resulting from such transactions. Our cash flow hedging program began in the third quarter of 2016.
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
The table below presents the fair value of our derivative financial instruments as well as their location on the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2018.
(Dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate products
Total
Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments:
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
Count
Notional
Balance Sheet Location
Derivatives
(Fair Value)
3
$ 75,000
Other liabilities
$ 75,000
$
$
Interest rate lock commitments with customers
$ 40,795
Other assets
$
Interest rate lock commitments with customers
Forward sale commitments
Forward sale commitments
Total
Total derivatives
Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
6,530
19,732
25,876
$ 92,933
$ 167,933
Other liabilities
Other assets
Other liabilities
$
$
(3,308)
(3,308)
686
(24)
143
(161)
644
(2,664)
Our objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and to manage our exposure to interest rate
movements. To accomplish this objective, we primarily use interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate risk management strategy.
Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us
making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecast
transaction affects earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2018, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash
flows associated with a variable rate loan pool. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized
directly in earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we did not record any hedge ineffectiveness.
Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives are reclassified to interest income as
interest payments are received on our variable-rate pooled loans. During the next twelve months, we estimate that $1.1 million
will be reclassified as an increase to interest income. During the year ended December 31, 2018, $0.7 million was reclassified into
interest income.
We are hedging our exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions over a maximum period of one
month (excluding forecasted transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments).
As of December 31, 2018, we had three outstanding interest rate derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $75 million
that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk.
119
Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement
The table below presents the effect of the derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years
ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount of (Loss) or Gain
Recognized in OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
Twelve Months Ended
Location of (Loss) or Gain
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
2018
2017
Interest Rate Products
Total
$
$
(56) $
(56) $
184
184
Interest income
Amount of (Loss) or Gain Recognized in Income
Location of (Loss) or Gain
Recognized in Income
(Dollars in thousands)
Twelve Months Ended
Derivatives Not Designated as a Hedging Instrument
2018
2017
Interest Rate Lock Commitments
Forward Sale Commitments
Total
$
$
(28) $
(336)
(364) $
680 Mortgage banking activities, net
(986) Mortgage banking activities, net
(306)
Credit-risk-related Contingent Features
We have agreements with certain derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if we default on any of our indebtedness,
including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then we could also be declared in
default on our derivative obligations.
We also have agreements with certain derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if we fail to maintain our status as
a well capitalized or adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and we would
be required to settle our obligations under the agreements.
As of December 31, 2018 the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but
excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $3.3 million. We have minimum collateral
posting thresholds with certain of our derivative counterparties, and have posted collateral of $5.6 million against our obligations
under these agreements. If we had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2018, we could have been required to settle
our obligations under the agreements at the termination value.
20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In the ordinary course of business, from time to time we enter into transactions with related parties, including, but not limited to,
our officers and directors. These transactions are made on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and
collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers. They do not, in
the opinion of management, involve greater than normal credit risk or include other features unfavorable to us. Any related party
loans exceeding $500,000 require review and approval by the Board of Directors. In 2018, there was one loan transaction to an
executive officer exceeding $500,000, and this loan was approved by the Board.
The outstanding balances of loans to related parties at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $1.2 million in both periods. Total
deposits from related parties at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $5.4 million in both periods. During 2018, new loans and credit
line advances to related parties were $1.7 million and repayments were $1.7 million.
120
21. SEGMENT INFORMATION
As defined in ASC 280, Segment Reporting (ASC 280), an operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in
business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the
enterprise’s chief operating decision makers to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its
performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. We evaluate performance based on pretax net income
relative to resources used, and allocate resources based on these results. The accounting policies applicable to our segments are
those that apply to our preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on these criteria, we have
identified three segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect®, and Wealth Management.
The WSFS Bank segment provides financial products to commercial and retail customers. Retail and Commercial Banking,
Commercial Real Estate Lending and other banking business units are operating departments of WSFS Bank. These departments
share the same regulator, the same market, many of the same customers and provide similar products and services through the
general infrastructure of the Bank. Accordingly, these departments are not considered discrete segments and are appropriately
aggregated within the WSFS Bank segment in accordance with ASC 280.
Out Cash Connect® segment provides ATM vault cash, smart safe and other cash logistics services through strategic partnerships
with several of the largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. Cash Connect® services non-bank
and WSFS-branded ATMs and retail safes nationwide. The balance sheet category Cash in non-owned ATMs includes cash from
which fee income is earned through bailment arrangements with customers of Cash Connect®.
The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of planning and advisory services, investment management, trust services,
and credit and deposit products to individual, corporate, and institutional clients through multiple integrated businesses. WSFS
Wealth Investments provides financial advisory services along with insurance and brokerage products. Cypress, a registered
investment adviser is a fee-only wealth management firm managing a "balanced" investment style portfolio focused on preservation
of capital and generating current income. West Capital, a registered investment adviser, is a fee-only wealth management firm
operating under a multi-family office philosophy to provide customized solutions to institutions and high-net-worth individuals.
The trust division of WSFS Bank (doing business as WSFS Institutional Services) provides personal trust and fiduciary services,
as well as trustee, agency, bankruptcy administration, custodial and commercial domicile services to corporate and institutional
clients. Powdermill is a multi-family office specializing in providing independent solutions to high-net-worth individuals, families
and corporate executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. WSFS Wealth Client Management serves high-net-worth
clients by delivering credit and deposit products and partnering with other wealth management units to provide comprehensive
solutions to clients.
121
The following tables show segment results for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016:
(Dollars in thousands)
Statements of Income
External customer revenues:
Interest income
Noninterest income
Total external customer revenues
Inter-segment revenues:
Interest income
Noninterest income
Total inter-segment revenues
Total revenue
External customer expenses:
Interest expense
Noninterest expenses
Provision for loan losses
Total external customer expenses
Inter-segment expenses
Interest expense
Noninterest expenses
Total inter-segment expenses
Total expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax provision
Consolidated net income
(Dollars in thousands)
Statements of Income
External customer revenues:
Interest income
Noninterest income
Total external customer revenues
Inter-segment revenues:
Interest income
Noninterest income
Total inter-segment revenues
Total revenue
External customer expenses:
Interest expense
Noninterest expenses
Provision for loan losses
Total external customer expenses
Inter-segment expenses
Interest expense
Noninterest expenses
Total inter-segment expenses
Total expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax provision
Consolidated net income
WSFS
Bank
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Cash
Connect®
Wealth
Management
Total
$
282,846
$
— $
10,127
$
70,894
353,740
14,722
8,793
23,515
377,255
43,671
172,254
12,934
228,859
11,850
919
12,769
241,628
50,679
50,679
—
774
774
51,453
—
32,378
—
32,378
10,417
2,603
13,020
45,398
$
135,627
$
6,055
$
40,968
51,095
11,850
145
11,995
63,090
2,828
20,415
236
23,479
4,305
6,190
10,495
33,974
29,116
$
$
292,973
162,541
455,514
26,572
9,712
36,284
491,798
46,499
225,047
13,170
284,716
26,572
9,712
36,284
321,000
170,798
36,055
134,743
WSFS Bank
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Cash
Connect®
Wealth
Management
Total
$
245,932
$
— $
8,794
$
45,749
291,681
9,567
7,651
17,218
308,899
32,249
158,942
10,527
201,718
9,012
956
9,968
211,686
42,641
42,641
—
810
810
43,451
—
26,654
—
26,654
6,812
2,603
9,415
36,069
$
97,213
$
7,382
$
122
36,254
45,048
9,012
146
9,158
54,206
1,206
40,865
437
42,508
2,755
5,048
7,803
50,311
3,895
$
$
254,726
124,644
379,370
18,579
8,607
27,186
406,556
33,455
226,461
10,964
270,880
18,579
8,607
27,186
298,066
108,490
58,246
50,244
(Dollars in thousands)
Statements of Income
External customer revenues:
Interest income
Noninterest income
Total external customer revenues
Inter-segment revenues:
Interest income
Noninterest income
Total inter-segment revenues
Total revenue
External customer expenses:
Interest expense
Noninterest expenses
Provision for loan losses
Total external customer expenses
Inter-segment expenses
Interest expense
Noninterest expenses
Total inter-segment expenses
Total expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax provision
Consolidated net income
WSFS Bank
Year Ended December 31, 2016
Cash
Connect®
Wealth
Management
Total
$
208,525
$
—
$
8,053
$
42,565
251,090
4,963
8,145
13,108
264,198
22,028
146,526
9,370
177,924
7,150
953
8,103
186,027
$
78,171
$
35,776 (r)
35,776
—
835
835
36,611
—
22,442 (r)
—
22,442
2,915
2,799
5,714
28,156
8,455
$
26,720
34,773
7,150
118
7,268
42,041
805
19,698
3,616
24,119
2,048
5,346
7,394
31,513
10,528
$
$
216,578
105,061
321,639
12,113
9,098
21,211
342,850
22,833
188,666
12,986
224,485
12,113
9,098
21,211
245,696
97,154
33,074
64,080
(r) Noninterest income and noninterest expense for the period ended December 31, 2016 have been restated to correct an immaterial error related to revenue earned
for cash servicing fees. See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information.
The following table shows significant components of segment net assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
2018
2017
December 31,
WSFS
Bank
Cash
Connect®
Wealth
Management
Total
WSFS
Bank
Cash
Connect®
Wealth
Management
Total
115,147
$
491,863
$
13,747
$
620,757
$
104,530
$
611,385
$
7,951
$
723,866
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents $
Goodwill
Other segment assets
Total segment assets
Capital expenditures
145,808
6,225,820
—
7,743
$ 6,486,775
$
4,779
$
$
499,606
375
$
$
20,199
166,007
145,808
228,543
6,462,106
5,882,910
262,489
$ 7,248,870
$ 6,133,248
344
$
5,498
$
8,197
—
6,078
$
$
617,463
184
$
$
20,199
166,007
220,679
6,109,667
248,829
$ 6,999,540
613
$
8,994
123
22. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands)
Income:
Interest income
Unrealized gains on equity investments
Noninterest income
Expenses:
Interest expense
Other operating expenses
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries
Income before taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
1,591
$
3,167
$
3,402
15,819
28,038
45,448
7,290
245
7,535
37,913
97,626
135,539
796
—
20,528
23,695
9,168
996
10,164
13,531
35,722
49,253
(991)
50,244
$
—
68,498
71,900
7,979
747
8,726
63,174
(779)
62,395
(1,685)
64,080
Net income allocable to common stockholders
$
134,743
$
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Cash
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in Capital Trust III
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities:
Trust preferred
Senior debt
Interest payable
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock
Capital in excess of par value
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Treasury stock
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
124
December 31,
2018
2017
$
30,581
$
37,344
923,381
833,763
$
$
$
$
2,011
31,050
987,023
67,011
98,388
443
261
166,103
569
349,810
(15,394)
791,031
(305,096)
820,920
$
987,023
$
2,011
17,465
890,583
67,011
98,171
388
668
166,238
563
336,271
(8,152)
669,557
(273,894)
724,345
890,583
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiaries
Gain on sale of equity investments, net
Unrealized gains on equity investments
(Decrease) increase in other assets
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:
Payments for investment in and advances to subsidiaries
Sale or repayment of investments in and advances to subsidiaries
Sale of Visa Class B shares
Net cash from business combinations
Purchases of Visa Class B shares
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities
Financing activities:
Repayment of long-term debt
Issuance of common stock
Repayment of senior debt
Issuance of senior debt
Buy back of common stock
Cash dividends paid
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities
(Decrease) increase in cash
Cash at beginning of period
Cash at end of period
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
134,743
$
50,244
$
64,080
(97,626)
(3,757)
(15,088)
2,265
(237)
20,300
—
—
6,186
—
(51)
6,135
—
11,253
—
—
(31,202)
(13,249)
(33,198)
(6,763)
37,344
(35,722)
—
—
1,618
1,422
779
—
—
133
655
17,562
65,647
(1,360)
1,066
—
—
(10,072)
(10,366)
—
3,307
(55,000)
—
(11,752)
(9,425)
(72,870)
(65,674)
103,018
(119)
1,220
—
(57,604)
(387)
(56,890)
(10,000)
1,900
—
97,849
(14,312)
(7,632)
67,805
76,562
26,456
$
30,581
$
37,344
$
103,018
125
23. CHANGE IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income includes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments, unrealized
gains and losses on cash flow hedges, as well as unrecognized prior service costs, transition costs, and actuarial gains and losses
on defined benefit pension plans. Changes to accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are presented net of tax as a
component of stockholders' equity. Amounts that are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are
recorded on the Consolidated Statement of Income either as a gain or loss.
Changes to accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income by component are shown net of taxes in the following tables for the
period indicated:
(Dollars in thousands)
Net change in
investment
securities
available for sale
Net change in
investment
securities held
to maturity
Net change in
defined benefit
plan
Net change in
fair value of
derivatives used
for
cash flow hedges
Total
Balance, December 31, 2015
$
(1,887) $
1,795
$
788
$
— $
696
Other comprehensive income before
reclassifications
Less: Amounts reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive loss
Net current-period other comprehensive loss
(4,838)
(1,469)
(6,307)
—
(403)
(403)
Balance, December 31, 2016
$
(8,194) $
1,392
$
(1,772)
(6,610)
—
169
169
957
—
(90)
(90)
—
(1,772)
$
(1,772) $
(184)
—
(184)
(1,703)
(8,313)
(7,617)
2,889
(1,764)
1,125
(1,660)
(8,152)
(6,723)
(519)
(7,242)
3,073
(1,280)
1,793
—
(394)
(394)
$
$
(1,441) $
(7,842) $
225
1,223
$
$
(2) $
865
$
(442) $
(2,398) $
(6,695)
(16)
(6,711)
6
(450)
(444)
22
(53)
(31)
(56)
—
(56)
Other comprehensive loss before
reclassifications
Less: Amounts reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive loss
Net current-period other comprehensive loss
Less: Reclassification due to the adoption of
ASU No. 2018-02
Balance, December 31, 2017
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications
Less: Amounts reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive income
Net current-period other comprehensive loss
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
(14,553) $
779
$
834
$
(2,454) $
(15,394)
126
Components of other comprehensive income that impact the Consolidated Statements of Income are presented in the table below.
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities available for sale:
Realized gains on securities transactions
Income taxes
Net of tax
Net unrealized holding gains on securities
transferred between available-for-sale and held-to-
maturity:
Amortization of net unrealized gains to income during
the period
Income taxes
Net of tax
Amortization of Defined Benefit Pension Items:
Prior service costs (credits) (1)
Transition obligation
Actuarial losses
Total before tax
Income taxes
Net of tax
Total reclassifications
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Affected line item in
Consolidated Statements of
Income
(21) $
(1,984) $
(2,369) Securities gains, net
5
704
900
Income tax provision
(16) $
(1,280) $
(1,469)
(586) $
(635) $
(651)
Interest and dividends on
investment securities
136
241
248
Income tax provision
(450) $
(394) $
(403)
$
(76) $
—
(70)
(146) $
56
2
—
(45)
(43) $
(10)
(53) $
(90) $
169
(519) $
(1,764) $
(1,703)
(76)
—
348
272
Salaries, benefits and
other compensation
(103)
Income tax provision
(1) Prior service costs balance for year ended December 31, 2018 includes a tax true-up adjustment of $0.1 million from March 31, 2018. Note that the tax true-
up was made to the deferred tax asset with an offset to AOCI and does not affect the actual net periodic benefit costs of the pension plan.
24. LEGAL AND OTHER PROCEEDINGS
In accordance with the current accounting standards for loss contingencies, we establish reserves for litigation-related matters that
arise in the ordinary course of our business activities when it is probable that a loss associated with a claim or proceeding has been
incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Litigation claims and proceedings of all types are subject to many
uncertain factors that generally cannot be predicted with assurance. In addition, our defense of litigation claims may result in legal
fees, which we expense as incurred.
As previously disclosed, on February 27, 2018, we entered into a settlement agreement with Universitas Education, LLC
(Universitas) to resolve arbitration claims related to services provided by CB&T prior to its acquisition by WSFS in December
2010. In accordance with the settlement, we paid Universitas $12.0 million to fully settle the claims. During the third quarter of
2018, we recovered $7.9 million in settlement and legal costs from insurance carriers that provided coverage relating to the
Universitas matter. During the fourth quarter of 2018, we filed suit to pursue all of our rights and remedies to recover the remaining
amounts relating to the Universitas settlement, including the Universitas settlement payment, legal fees and related costs, by
enforcing the indemnity right in the 2010 purchase agreement by which WSFS acquired CB&T.
In March 2017, Nature’s Healing Trust (NHT) filed a complaint against WSFS Bank in the Delaware Court of Chancery. NHT
asserts that WSFS Bank failed to provide timely notice concerning the possible lapse of two life settlement policies (aggregate
face amount of $6.3 million) held in the trust. NHT asserts claims against WSFS Bank for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary
duty, and negligence, and seeks the face value of the policies. WSFS Bank disputes the factual allegations and denies liability.
WSFS Bank has, in accordance with its normal procedures, notified its insurance carriers of a possible claim. WSFS Bank is
vigorously defending itself in this matter and believes it has valid factual and legal defenses. The case is expected to go to trial
during the fourth quarter of 2019.
There were no material changes or additions to other significant pending legal or other proceedings involving us other than those
arising out of routine operations.
127
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (Unaudited)
12/31/2018
9/30/2018
6/30/2018
3/31/2018
12/31/2017
9/30/2017
6/30/2017
3/31/2017
Three months ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax provision
Net (loss) income
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
77,794
$
75,415
$
72,151
$
67,613
$
66,556
$
65,010
$
62,334
$
60,826
13,120
64,674
3,306
61,368
38,186
61,350
38,204
8,486
29,718
0.94
0.93
$
$
$
12,318
63,097
3,716
59,381
41,901
52,454
48,828
9,893
38,935
1.22
1.20
$
$
$
11,162
60,989
2,498
58,491
34,987
57,831
35,647
6,907
28,740
0.91
0.89
$
$
$
9,899
57,714
3,650
54,064
47,467
53,412
48,119
10,769
37,350
1.19
1.16
$
$
$
8,831
57,725
4,063
53,662
32,435
68,065
18,032
27,864
(9,832) $
8,881
56,129
2,896
53,233
32,441
54,163
31,511
10,942
20,569
(0.31) $
(0.31) $
0.65
0.64
$
$
$
8,020
54,314
1,843
52,471
31,676
52,727
31,420
10,850
20,570
0.65
0.64
$
$
$
7,723
53,103
2,162
50,941
28,092
51,506
27,527
8,590
18,937
0.60
0.59
$
$
$
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
128
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
To Our Stockholders:
Management of WSFS Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Corporation’s internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
the Corporation’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.
In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management has concluded
that, as of December 31, 2018, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Corporation’s Consolidated Financial Statements
as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2018, as stated in their reports, which are included herein.
/s/ Rodger Levenson
Rodger Levenson
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2019
/s/ Dominic C. Canuso
Dominic C. Canuso
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
129
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
WSFS Financial Corporation:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and
our report dated February 28, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary
in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
February 28, 2019
/s/ KPMG LLP
130
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the headings
“Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB” and “Corporate Governance
- Committees of the Board of Directors” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on
April 25, 2019 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year
covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the Proxy Statement).
We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting
officer, controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted on our website at
www.wsfsbank.com.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the headings
“Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
Information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the headings
“Other Information Large Stockholders” of the Proxy Statement.
Security Ownership of Management
Information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the heading
“Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB - Ownership of WSFS
Financial Corporation Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement.
Changes in Control
We know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of our securities, the operation of which may at a subsequent
date result in a change in control of the registrant.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Information relating to securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans is included in Part II
of this Annual Report on Form 10 K under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the heading
“Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB - Transactions with our
Insiders” in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the heading
“Committees of the Board of Directors - Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement.
131
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Listed below are all financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this report, and which are herein incorporated by
reference.
1
2
The Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31,
2017 and 2016, and the related Consolidated Statements of Income, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Stockholders’
Equity and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2017, together with the related
notes and the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
Schedules omitted as they are not applicable.
The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
3.3
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
Description of Document
Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Certificate of Amendment, dated May 1, 2015, to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2015.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2014.
WSFS Financial Corporation, 1994 Short Term Management Incentive Plan Summary Plan Description is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1994.
Amended and Restated Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan is
incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-26099) filed with
the Commission on April 29, 1997.
2000 Stock Option and Temporary Severance Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings
Bank, WSFS Financial Corporation and Marvin N. Schoenhals on February 24, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated February 28, 2008, incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2008.
WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2005 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for IRC 409A and FAS 123R dated December 31,
2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
Amendment to the WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated December 31,
2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2013 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 2, 2015, by and between WSFS Financial Corporation and
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K
filed on March 6, 2015.
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of November 23, 2015, by and between WSFS Financial Corporation
and Penn Liberty Financial Corp, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on
November 23, 2015.
WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2018 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of August 7, 2018, as amended on November 1, 2018, by and between
WSFS Financial Corporation and Beneficial Bancorp, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.01 of the
Registrant’s Form S-4/A filed on November 2, 2018.
Form of Voting Agreement, dated August 7, 2018, by and between WSFS Financial Corporation, Beneficial Bancorp,
Inc. and certain stockholders of Beneficial Bancorp, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 of the
Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 8, 2018.
Form of Voting Agreement, dated August 7, 2018, by and between WSFS Financial Corporation, Beneficial Bancorp,
Inc. and certain stockholders of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.02 of the
Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 8, 2018.
132
Exhibit
Number
21
23
31.1
31.2
32
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.LAB
101.PRE
101.DEF
Description of Document
Subsidiaries of Registrant
Consent of KPMG LLP
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
XBRL Instance Document *
XBRL Schema Document *
XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document *
XBRL Labels Linkbase Document *
XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document *
XBRL Definition Linkbase Document *
* Submitted as Exhibits 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business
Reporting Language). Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a
registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability.
Exhibits 10.1 through 10.8 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
133
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date:
February 28, 2019
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
BY:
/s/ Rodger Levenson
Rodger Levenson
President and Chief Executive Officer
134
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
Date:
February 28, 2019
/s/ Mark A. Turner
Mark A. Turner
Executive Chairman
/s/ Anat Bird
Anat Bird
Director
/s/ Francis B. Brake
Francis B. Brake
Director
/s/ Jennifer W. Davis
Jennifer W. Davis
Director
/s/ Eleuthère I. du Pont
Eleuthère I. du Pont
Director
/s/ Christopher T. Gheysens
Christopher T. Gheysens
Director
/s/ Rodger Levenson
Rodger Levenson
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
Director
/s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals
Marvin N. Schoenhals
Director
/s/ David G. Turner
David G. Turner
Director
/s/ Patrick J. Ward
Patrick J. Ward
Executive Vice President,
Pennsylvania Market President and Director
/s/ Dominic C. Canuso
Dominic C. Canuso
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Charles K. Mosher
Charles K. Mosher
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
BY:
135